UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 20-F
| |
|
|
| o |
|
REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b)
OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
OR
| |
|
|
| þ |
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006
OR
| |
|
|
| o |
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR
15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
OR
| |
|
|
| o |
|
SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR
15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
Date
of event requiring this shell company report .
For
the transition period from to
Commission file number 0-29962
Novogen Limited
ACN 063 259 754
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Not Applicable
(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)
New South Wales, Australia
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
140 Wicks Road, North Ryde, New South Wales 2113, Australia
(Address of principal executive offices)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.
None
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.
Ordinary Shares*
American Depositary Shares, each representing five Ordinary Shares
| * |
|
Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares. |
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.
Not Applicable
The number of outstanding Ordinary Shares of the issuer as at June 30, 2006 was 97,294,054.
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of
the Securities Act.
Yes o No þ
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not
required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for
such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes þ No o
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an
accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer o Accelerated filer þ Non-accelerated filer o
Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.
Item 17 o Item 18 þ
If this is an annual report, indicate by a check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as
defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Yes o No þ
TABLE OF CONTENTS
| |
|
|
|
|
Forward Looking Statements |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
PART I |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITEM 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisors |
|
|
2 |
|
ITEM 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable |
|
|
2 |
|
ITEM 3. Key Information |
|
|
2 |
|
ITEM 4. Information on the Company |
|
|
18 |
|
ITEM 4A Unresolved Staff Comments |
|
|
36 |
|
ITEM 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects |
|
|
36 |
|
ITEM 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees |
|
|
44 |
|
ITEM 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions |
|
|
61 |
|
ITEM 8. Financial Information |
|
|
62 |
|
ITEM 9. Offer and Listing Details |
|
|
63 |
|
ITEM 10. Additional Information |
|
|
65 |
|
ITEM 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk |
|
|
70 |
|
ITEM 12. Description of Securities other than Equity Securities |
|
|
70 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
PART II |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITEM 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies |
|
|
71 |
|
ITEM 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders
and the Use of Proceeds |
|
|
71 |
|
ITEM 15. Controls and Procedures |
|
|
71 |
|
ITEM 16. Reserved |
|
|
73 |
|
ITEM 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert |
|
|
73 |
|
ITEM 16B Code of Ethics |
|
|
73 |
|
ITEM 16C Principal Accountant Fees and Services |
|
|
73 |
|
ITEM 16D Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees |
|
|
75 |
|
ITEM 16E Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchases |
|
|
75 |
|
ii
| |
|
|
|
|
PART III |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITEM 17. Financial Statements – Not Applicable |
|
|
76 |
|
ITEM 18. Financial Statements |
|
|
76 |
|
ITEM 19. Exhibits |
|
|
76 |
|
iii
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 20-F includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section
27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and Section 21E of the Security Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this Annual
Report, including statements regarding the future financial position, business strategy and plans
and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words
“believe”, “may”, “will”, “estimate”, “continue”, “anticipate”, “intend”, “should”, “plan”,
“expect”, and similar expressions, as they relate to the Company, are intended to identify
forward-looking statements. The Company has based these forward-looking statements largely on
current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that it believes may
affect its financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. These
forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions,
including, without limitation, those described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Form 20-F,
including, among other things:
| |
• |
|
our inability to obtain any additional required financing or financing available to
us on acceptable terms; |
| |
| |
• |
|
the failure to locate, hire, assimilate and retain qualified personnel; |
| |
| |
• |
|
our failure to successfully commercialize our products; |
| |
| |
• |
|
costs and delays in the development and/or receipt of U.S. Food and Drug
Administration (“FDA”) or other required governmental approvals, or the failure to
obtain such approvals, for our products; |
| |
| |
• |
|
uncertainties in clinical trial results; |
| |
| |
• |
|
our inability to maintain or enter into, and the risks resulting from our dependence
upon, collaboration or contractual arrangements necessary for the development,
manufacture, commercialization, marketing, sales and distribution of any products; |
| |
| |
• |
|
competition and competitive factors; |
| |
| |
• |
|
our inability to enforce our patents or proprietary rights and obtain necessary
rights to third party patents and intellectual property to operate our business; |
| |
| |
• |
|
our inability to operate our business without infringing the patents and proprietary
rights of others; |
| |
| |
• |
|
the failure of any product candidate to gain market acceptance; |
| |
| |
• |
|
general economic conditions; |
| |
| |
• |
|
government regulation generally and the receipt of regulatory approvals; |
| |
| |
• |
|
changes in industry practice; and |
| |
| |
• |
|
one-time events. |
These risks are not exhaustive. Other sections of the Annual Report on Form 20-F may include
additional factors which could adversely impact the Company’s business and financial performance.
Moreover, the Company operates in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risk
factors emerge from time to time and it is not possible for us to predict all risk factors, nor can
the Company assess the impact of all factors on the business or the extent to which any factor, or
combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any
forward-looking statements.
You should not rely upon forward looking statements as predictions of future events. The
1
Company cannot assure you that the events and circumstances reflected in the forward looking
statements will be achieved or occur. Although the Company believes that the expectations reflected
in the forward looking statements are reasonable, it cannot guarantee future results, levels of
activity, performance or achievements.
2
PART I
Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisors
Item 1 details are not required to be disclosed as part of the Annual Report.
Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable
Item 2 details are not required to be disclosed as part of the Annual Report.
Item 3. Key Information
Selected Financial Data
The selected financial data at June 2006 and 2005 and for the years ended June 30, 2006 and 2005
have been derived from the Consolidated Financial Statements of Novogen Limited ( the “Company” or
the “Group”) included in this Annual Report and should be read in conjunction with, and are
qualified in their entirety by, reference to those statements and the notes thereto. The
Consolidated Financial Statements in this annual report comply with Australian Accounting
Standards, being Australian equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (“AIFRS”).
Compliance with AIFRS ensures that the financial report, comprising the financial statements and
notes thereto, complies with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”).
The Company qualifies for First-Time “Application of International Financial Reporting Standards”
relief and therefore has presented only two years of financial information. Comparatives for the
year ended June 30, 2005 have been restated to be consistent with AIFRS.
AIFRS varies in certain respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
(“U.S. GAAP”). A reconciliation of the major differences between AIFRS and U.S. GAAP is included in
Note 24 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The Consolidated Financial Statements have been
audited in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards in the United States by the
Company’s independent registered public accountants.
The Company’s fiscal year ends on June 30. As used throughout this Annual Report, the word “fiscal”
followed by a year refers to the 12 month period ending on June 30 of that year. For example, the
term “fiscal 2006” refers to the 12 months ended June 30, 2006. Except as otherwise indicated, all
dollar amounts referred to in this Annual Report are at the consolidated level and exclude
inter-company amounts.
3
Summary of Consolidated Income Statements
(AIFRS)
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
2005 |
|
2006 |
|
2006 |
| |
|
(A$’000) |
|
(A$’000) |
|
(US$’000) |
Continuing operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue |
|
|
13,404 |
|
|
|
13,500 |
|
|
|
10,021 |
|
Other income |
|
|
4,274 |
|
|
|
4,738 |
|
|
|
3,517 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue |
|
|
17,678 |
|
|
|
18,238 |
|
|
|
13,538 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Net loss |
|
|
(12,682 |
) |
|
|
(17,912 |
) |
|
|
(13,296 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Net loss attributable to members of Novogen |
|
|
(11,532 |
) |
|
|
(16,220 |
) |
|
|
(12,040 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Basic and
diluted earnings/(loss) per share (cents per share) |
|
|
(11.9 |
) |
|
|
(16.7 |
) |
|
|
(12.4 |
) |
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used to calculate earnings per share |
|
|
96,839,570 |
|
|
|
97,207,053 |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Number of outstanding ordinary shares at year end |
|
|
97,045,662 |
|
|
|
97,294,054 |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Adjusted to accord with |
|
2002 |
|
2003 |
|
2004 |
|
2005 |
|
2006 |
|
2006 |
| US GAAP |
|
(A$’000) |
|
(A$’000) |
|
(A$’000) |
|
(A$’000) |
|
(A$’000) |
|
(US$’000) |
| |
|
|
|
|
Sales revenue |
|
|
17,644 |
|
|
|
18,977 |
|
|
|
11,774 |
|
|
|
12,928 |
|
|
|
12,654 |
|
|
|
9,393 |
|
Other operating revenue |
|
|
3,463 |
|
|
|
3,325 |
|
|
|
2,414 |
|
|
|
2,955 |
|
|
|
3,278 |
|
|
|
2,433 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue |
|
|
21,107 |
|
|
|
22,302 |
|
|
|
14,188 |
|
|
|
15,883 |
|
|
|
15,932 |
|
|
|
11,826 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss |
|
|
(15,420 |
) |
|
|
(10,670 |
) |
|
|
(11,760 |
) |
|
|
(11,640 |
) |
|
|
(16,228 |
) |
|
|
(12,046 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) from
operations per share
(cents per share) |
|
|
(16.2 |
) |
|
|
(11.2 |
) |
|
|
(12.2 |
) |
|
|
(12.0 |
) |
|
|
(16.7 |
) |
|
|
(12.4 |
) |
Note: Sales revenue reported under U.S. GAAP has been adjusted to reflect the impact of certain
promotional expenditures in accordance with EITF Issue 01-9 Accounting for Consideration Given by a
Vendor to a Customer (Including a Reseller of the Vendors Products). Prior year’s financial
statements have been reclassified where appropriate. Certain trade promotion expenditures are
charged to marketing and selling expenses under AIFRS. These expenses are for co-operative
advertising whereby the Company pays for the retailers’ promotion of the Company’s products. This
would typically take the form of payments for advertisments in retailers cataloges, magazines, and
instore product promotions. The payment of co-operative advertising is usually made in the form of
an agreed amount taken off invoice or by direct payment. Under U.S. GAAP these amounts are treated
as a discount to sales hence reducing the reported sales figures. See Note 24 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements for the reconciliation to U.S. GAAP. Under AIFRS interest income is included
in other income and is a component of total revenue. Under U.S. GAAP interest income is excluded
from other operating revenue and total revenue.
4
Summary of Consolidated Balance Sheets
(AIFRS)
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
2005 |
|
2006 |
|
2006 |
| |
|
(A$’000) |
|
(A$’000) |
|
(US$’000) |
Cash and Cash
Equivalents |
|
|
47,260 |
|
|
|
33,513 |
|
|
|
24,877 |
|
Total Assets |
|
|
67,485 |
|
|
|
51,098 |
|
|
|
37,930 |
|
Net Assets |
|
|
60,492 |
|
|
|
44,578 |
|
|
|
33,090 |
|
Capital Stock |
|
|
176,235 |
|
|
|
176,989 |
|
|
|
131,379 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Adjusted to accord with |
|
2002 |
|
2003 |
|
2004 |
|
2005 |
|
2006 |
|
2006 |
| US GAAP |
|
(A$’000) |
|
(A$’000) |
|
(A$’000) |
|
(A$’000) |
|
(A$’000) |
|
(US$’000) |
Total Assets |
|
|
61,676 |
|
|
|
50,812 |
|
|
|
77,413 |
|
|
|
67,485 |
|
|
|
51,098 |
|
|
|
37,930 |
|
Shareholders Equity |
|
|
51,852 |
|
|
|
41,069 |
|
|
|
65,759 |
|
|
|
57,725 |
|
|
|
43,415 |
|
|
|
32,227 |
|
No dividends have been declared by the Company in the fiscal years included in this Annual
Report.
The Company publishes its Consolidated Financial Statements expressed in Australian dollars. In
this Annual Report, references to “US dollars” or “US$” are to the currency of the United States of
America (“U.S.”) and references to “Australian dollars” or “A$” are to the currency of Australia.
For the convenience of the reader, this Annual Report contains translations of certain Australian
dollar amounts into U.S. dollars at specified rates. These translations should not be construed as
representations that the Australian dollar amounts actually represent such U.S. dollar amounts or
could be converted into U.S. dollars at the rate indicated. Unless otherwise stated, the
translations of Australian dollars into U.S. dollars have been made at the rate of US$0.7423 =
A$1.00, the noon market buying rate in New York City for cable transfers in Australian Dollars as
certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the noon buying rate) on
June 30, 2006.
The noon buying rate on October 31, 2006 was US$0.7743 = A$1.00
5
Exchange Rates for the six months to October 2006
A$ versus US$
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Month |
|
High |
|
Low |
May |
|
$ |
0.7781 |
|
|
$ |
0.7509 |
|
June |
|
$ |
0.7527 |
|
|
$ |
0.7284 |
|
July |
|
$ |
0.7664 |
|
|
$ |
0.7407 |
|
August |
|
$ |
0.7699 |
|
|
$ |
0.7568 |
|
September |
|
$ |
0.7704 |
|
|
$ |
0.7461 |
|
October |
|
$ |
0.7743 |
|
|
$ |
0.7434 |
|
Exchange Rates for the Last Five Years A$ versus US$
| |
|
|
|
|
| Fiscal Year |
|
Average |
| Ended June 30 |
|
Rate |
2002 |
|
$ |
0.5236 |
|
2003 |
|
$ |
0.5836 |
|
2004 |
|
$ |
0.7109 |
|
2005 |
|
$ |
0.7529 |
|
2006 |
|
$ |
0.7472 |
|
6
Risk Factors
The following risk factors, in addition to the other information and financial data contained in
this Annual Report, should be considered carefully in evaluating the Company and its business. The
risks described below and elsewhere in this Annual Report are not intended to be an exhaustive list
of the general or specific risks involved, but merely identify certain risks that are now foreseen
by the Company. It must be recognized that other risks, not now foreseen, might become significant
in the future and that the risks which are now foreseen might affect the Company to a greater
extent than is now foreseen or in a manner not now contemplated.
The Company has incurred operating losses since its inception, and is likely to incur operating
losses for the foreseeable future.
The Company has incurred net losses of $131,700,000 since its inception, including net losses of
$17,913,000, and $12,684,000 for the years ended June 30, 2006, and 2005, respectively. The Company
anticipates that it will incur operating losses and negative cash flow for the foreseeable future.
The Company’s isoflavonoid technology is relatively new and unproven. If the Company is unable
to develop its product candidates or successfully achieve market acceptance of its technology, the
Company’s financial position could be seriously impaired.
The Company’s isoflavonoid technology is relatively new and evolving. The successful development
and market acceptance of the Company’s proposed products are subject to inherent developmental
risks. These include ineffectiveness or lack of safety, manufacturing difficulties, unreliability,
failure to receive necessary regulatory clearances or approvals, high commercial cost and
preclusion or obsolescence resulting from third parties’ proprietary rights or superior or
equivalent products, as well as general economic conditions affecting purchasing patterns.
There can be no assurance that the Company and its marketing partners will be able to commercialize
successfully or achieve market acceptance of any of the Company’s technologies or products, or that
the Company’s competitors will not develop competing technologies that are less expensive or
otherwise superior to those of the Company. The failure to develop and market successfully new
products would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and
results of operations.
If the data from the Company’s clinical trial program do not demonstrate the safety and
efficacy of the phenolic drug candidates to the FDA’s and other regulatory authorities’
satisfaction, the Company will not receive approval to market its drug candidates in the U.S. or
other jurisdictions.
7
Phenolic drug development is an entirely novel and unproven field of pharmaceutical drug
development and there is limited scientific understanding of phenolic technology on which the
Company’s drug program is based. There can be no assurance that any of the compounds under
development by the Company will prove to be sufficiently efficacious, or sufficiently safe, or
sufficiently cost-effective to be commercially viable. The commercialization process of the
products currently undergoing clinical trials includes the anti-cancer drug candidates phenoxodiol
and NV-196 being developed by Marshall Edwards, Inc., a subsidiary of Novogen, TransNV-04, the
Company’s cardiovascular drug candidate and NV-52 the Company’s anti-inflammatory drug candidate,
may be delayed if the FDA or another regulatory authority requires the expansion in the size and
scope of any clinical trial. It may take many years to complete the testing and failure can occur
at any stage in the process. Negative or inconclusive results or adverse medical events during a
clinical trial could cause Novogen to delay or terminate development efforts.
In 2004, the FDA granted phenoxodiol Fast Track status for patients with recurrent late stage
ovarian cancer that is resistant or refractory to platins and taxanes. In 2005, the FDA granted
phenoxodiol Fast Track status for its intended use in patients with hormone-refractory prostate
cancer (prostate cancer that grows and is no longer inhibited by hormone therapy). More recently we
completed a Special Protocol Assessment (“SPA”) and reached agreement with the FDA on a pivotal
Phase III study of phenoxodiol in combination with carboplatin in women with platinum-resistant
ovarian cancer (ovarian cancer that does not respond to platinum based anti-cancer agents such as
cisplatin). The SPA process allows for FDA evaluation of a clinical trial protocol that will form
the basis of an efficacy claim for a marketing application. As a Fast Track product, phenoxodiol
will be eligible for accelerated approval and priority review by the FDA of the marketing
application for this indication. If the FDA concludes that the data from our pivotal clinical trial
have failed to demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of phenoxodiol, we will not receive FDA
approval to market phenoxodiol for those indications in the United States. We cannot assure you
that the results of our Phase III pivotal trial will be successful.
Any failure in the clinical trial program could impair the commercial prospects of the Company’s
phenolic drug program.
Clinical trials have a high risk of failure. A number of companies have suffered significant
setbacks in advanced clinical trials even after achieving promising results in earlier trials. If
the Company experiences delays in the testing or approval process or if further clinical trials or
clinical trials involving a larger number of patients are required the commercial prospects of the
drugs under development could be impaired.
If the Company does not receive marketing approval for its phenolic drug candidates, or regulatory
approval is withdrawn for the Company’s dietary supplements, the Company will not be able to
commercialize its products and product candidates.
8
Marketing approval is needed in order to commercialize the Company’s phenolic drug candidates. The
Company may never receive marketing approval for any of its phenolic drug candidates or if the
Company does it will be limited to those disease states and conditions for which they have been
proven to be safe and effective.
In order for the Company to market its products in the U.S., Europe, Australia, Canada, Japan and
certain other foreign jurisdictions, the Company must obtain required marketing approvals or
clearances and otherwise comply with extensive regulations regarding safety, manufacturing
processes and quality. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain or
maintain regulatory approvals or clearances in such jurisdictions or that it will not be required
to incur significant costs in obtaining or maintaining its foreign regulatory approvals or
clearances.
The FDA and other governmental approvals that may be granted to the Company will be subject to
continual review, and later discovery of previously unknown problems may result in withdrawal of
products from the market. For example, in 2004 the Company was notified by the Therapeutic Goods
Administration (“TGA”) that the TGA is reviewing the current listing status of the Company’s
dietary supplements products in Australia. These products are currently listed as “AUSTL” listed
complementary medicine, under regulations of the TGA. Following the completion of this review,
these products may retain this status or may be de-listed in Australia. The Company believes that
its products qualify for their current listing status as “AUSTL” listed complementary medicine.
However, no assurance can be given that the TGA will ultimately reach this conclusion. In the event
of an adverse determination by the TGA, the Company will consider what further options are
available to it.
Moreover, if and when any FDA or other governmental approval is obtained, the marketing and
manufacture of the Company’s products will remain subject to extensive regulatory requirements
administered by the FDA and other regulatory bodies. Failure to comply with these regulatory
requirements may, among other things, result in fines, suspensions or withdrawal of marketing
approvals, operating restrictions and criminal prosecution.
The Company will need to raise additional funds in order to finance its future operations and
the clinical development program. The actual amount of funds that we will need will be determined
by a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control.
The Company’s funding requirements have been, and will continue to be, significant. The Company
anticipates that its existing cash resources will be adequate to fund the Company’s operating
requirements through at least the next 12 months based upon the Company’s current business plan.
The Company’s operating requirements may vary materially from those now planned due to a number of
factors. These factors include the success of the Company’s research and development efforts, the
ability of the Company to satisfy applicable
9
regulatory requirements, the extent of the Company’s ability to produce its products in a
cost-effective manner, the rate at which the Company can introduce its products into new markets,
the market acceptance and competitive position of the Company’s products, and the level of
expenditure required to expand the Company’s production facilities should it need to do so. The
Company may need to raise additional capital to fund its future operations. There can be no
assurance that additional financing will be available when needed on terms acceptable to the
Company, or at all. If additional funds are raised by issuing equity securities, further dilution
to existing shareholders will result and future investors may be granted rights superior to those
of existing shareholders. Insufficient funds may prevent the Company from implementing its business
strategy or may require the Company to limit its operations significantly.
The supply of the raw material for the Company’s dietary supplement products is subject to a
number of environmental factors beyond the Company’s control. If the Company cannot maintain a
reliable supply of red clover, it may not be able to continue to sell its dietary supplement
products and sales volumes could be significantly reduced.
An important risk concerns the supply of raw material (red clover) used to produce the Company’s
consumer products. Numerous environmental factors (drought, disease, storms) can affect crop
quality and quantity of clover. Although the Company has attempted to address this risk by sourcing
clover from regions of geographic diversity within Australia, and from areas of historically
reliable water supply, there can be no assurance of a continual supply of sufficient quantity and
quality of red clover. Interruptions in supply or material increases in the cost of supply could
have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of
operations.
The Company currently depends upon a number of sources within Australia to grow and to harvest the
raw materials required for the clover-based isoflavone products it produces. While the Company has
entered into supply contracts with many of these sources and maintains a close supervision of the
clover growing, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain increased
quantities of this material, if and when the Company requires. There can also be no assurance that
the crops of clover required by the Company will grow at all and not be subject to certain acts of
nature or other problems associated with farming a naturally produced plant. Such events would have
a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
The Company has identified a third party supplier of isoflavones to augment its supply of quality
isoflavones for use in the consumer products.
The current stocks of clover, however, are adequate to cover the requirements of the Company for at
least the next 12 months.
10
The Company has no direct control over the cost of formulation and packaging of its dietary
supplement products and will be relying on third parties to manufacture commercial quantities of
pharmaceutical drug candidates.
The Company relies on third parties to manufacture and package its dietary supplement products to
satisfy performance and quality standards and dedicate sufficient production capacity to meet
demand and delivery times. The Company will also rely on third parties to manufacture commercial
quantities of its pharmaceutical drug candidates. There can be no assurance that third party
manufacturers will devote the resources necessary to meet demand for the Company’s products.
Failure or delay in supplying isoflavones would adversely affect the Company’s ability to deliver
products on a timely and competitive basis.
In addition, the manufacturing facilities of the Company’s products are subject to periodic
inspection by regulatory authorities for compliance with Current Good Manufacturing Practice
(cGMP). There can be no assurance that these authorities will not, during the course of an
inspection of existing or future facilities, identify what they consider to be deficiencies in cGMP
or other requirements and request, or seek, remedial action. Failure to comply with such
regulations or delay in attaining compliance may adversely affect the Company’s manufacturing
activities and could result in, among other actions, warning letters, injunctions, civil penalties,
refusal to grant approvals or clearances of future or pending product submissions, fines, recalls
or seizure of products, total or partial suspensions of production and criminal prosecution which
may result in the Company’s products not being available to supply the market demand which will
adversely affect the Company’s sales revenues.
The Company’s success is largely dependent on its ability to obtain patent protection and
preserve trade secrets, which cannot be guaranteed.
The Company’s success is dependent to a significant degree on whether it can obtain patents,
maintain trade secret protection and operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of third
parties. If the Company was determined to be infringing any third party patent, the Company could
be required to pay damages, alter its products or processes, obtain licenses or to cease certain
operations. If the Company is required to obtain any licenses, there can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to do so on commercially favorable terms, if at all. The Company’s failure to
obtain a license for any technology that it may require to commercialize its products could have a
material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
Litigation relating to patent infringement could result in substantial costs to, and diversion of
effort by, the Company, and may also be necessary to enforce any patents issued or licensed to the
Company or to determine the scope and validity of third party proprietary rights. The Company is
currently involved in a number of litigation proceedings against companies which were infringing
certain Company patents related to dietary supplements.
11
If competitors of the Company that claim technology also claimed by the Company prepare and file
patent applications in the U.S., the Company may have to participate in interference proceedings in
the U.S. Patent and Trademark office to determine priority of invention, which could result in
substantial cost to, and diversion of effort by, the Company, even if the eventual outcome is
favorable to the Company.
Any such litigation or interference proceedings, regardless of outcome, could be expensive and time
consuming. Litigation could subject the Company to significant liabilities to third parties,
requiring disputed rights to be licensed from third parties to the Company or requiring the Company
to cease using certain technologies and, consequently, could have a material adverse effect on the
Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
In addition to patent protection, the Company relies on trade secrets and proprietary technological
expertise. There can be no assurance that others will not independently develop or otherwise
acquire substantially equivalent technologies, or otherwise gain access to the Company’s trade
secrets or technological expertise or disclose such trade secrets. There can be no assurance that
the Company can ultimately protect its right to such un-patented trade secrets and technological
expertise. The Company relies, in part, on confidentiality agreements with its marketing partners,
employees, advisors, vendors and consultants to protect its trade secrets and proprietary
technological expertise. There can be no assurance that these agreements will not be breached, that
the Company will have adequate remedies for any breach or that the Company’s un-patented trade
secrets and proprietary technological expertise will not otherwise become known or independently
discovered by competitors.
The Company’s commercial opportunity will be reduced or eliminated if competitors develop and
market products that are more effective or less expensive than the Company’s products.
In developing its technology and products, the Company competes with many domestic and foreign
competitors in various rapidly evolving and technologically advanced fields, including
pharmaceutical, biotechnology and biopharmaceutical companies.
Many of the Company’s competitors and potential competitors have substantially greater financial,
technological, research and Development (“R&D”), marketing and personnel resources than the
Company. There can be no assurance that the Company’s competitors will not succeed in developing
alternate technologies and products that are more effective, easier to use or more economical than
those which have been developed by the Company or that would render the Company’s technologies and
products obsolete and non-competitive in these fields. These competitors may also have greater
experience in developing products, conducting clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals or
clearances, and manufacturing and marketing such products or technologies. Certain of these
competitors may obtain patent protection, approval or clearance earlier than the Company, which
could adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
Furthermore, the Company will
12
also be competing with respect to manufacturing efficiency and marketing capabilities, areas in
which it currently has limited experience.
The Company’s commercial opportunities will be reduced or eliminated if competitors develop and
market products that are more effective, have fewer side effects or are less expensive.
Revenue is affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates.
Fluctuations in currency exchange rates may adversely affect the demand for the Company’s products
by increasing the price of the Company’s products in the currency of the countries in which the
products are sold.
The Company’s consolidated financial statements are presented in Australian dollars. In fiscal
2006, the Company’s revenue generated was approximately 31% in U.S. dollars and approximately 47%
in Australian dollars with the balance of revenue in Pounds Sterling, Euros and Canadian dollars.
Fluctuations in the rates of exchange between U.S. dollar and other foreign currencies may
negatively impact the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. As the Company
expands its presence into the U.S. and other international markets, the Company expects the
percentage of both its revenues and expenditures denominated in non-Australian dollars to increase,
with particular emphasis on U.S. dollars.
The Company depends on a number of key personnel to provide the strategic direction of its research
and development programs and other corporate activities. If the Company is unable to procure the
services of key personnel in the future, the Company’s research and development programs could be
delayed.
The Company is highly dependent upon the principal members of its management and scientific staff.
In addition, the Company believes that its future success in developing marketable products and
achieving a competitive position will depend to a significant extent on whether it can attract and
retain additional qualified management and scientific personnel. Competition for such personnel is
intense, and there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to continue to attract and
retain such personnel. The loss of the services of one or more of the management or scientific
staff, or the inability to attract and retain additional personnel and develop expertise as needed,
could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations and financial
condition. As of October 30, 2006, Professor Kelly’s employment with the Company ceased and as a
result, he is no longer acting as Phenoxodiol Program Director. The Company is currently
negotiating a consulting agreement with Professor Kelly to provide strategic consulting advice. If
Professor Kelly does not enter into a consulting agreement, the clinical program for phenoxodiol
may be disrupted which may cause delays in obtaining marketing approval. The Company maintains key
person life insurance for Mr. Naughton and Professor Husband, currently set at A$2,226,000 each. In
addition the Company also maintains key person life insurance for all members of the executive team
and other
13
key staff. The policies for these personnel range between A$800,000 and A$1,600,000. The proceeds
of such policies are payable to the Company.
The
ongoing criminal investigations involving Professor Kelly, a Director of Marshall Edwards,
Inc., could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business or cause the stock price to
decline.
Professor Kelly is one of a number of individuals who, and whose associated entities and advisors
have been, the subject of investigations by certain Australian authorities relative to their
alleged involvement in the evasion of Australian tax, fraud and money laundering. Professor Kelly
has informed the Company that he does not believe that he has committed any wrongdoing and denies
that he has been involved in any wrongdoing. Nevertheless, Professor Kelly may need to allocate
time and resources to deal with the investigation. Additionally, if the Australian authorities were
to decide to prosecute Professor Kelly upon concluding their investigation and if such prosecution
were to result in a conviction, Professor Kelly may be barred from acting as an officer or director
and may become unavailable to the Company. Any publicity related to this investigation or potential
prosecution or conviction of Professor Kelly could have a material adverse effect on the business
or cause the stock price to decline.
The Company may not be able to establish or maintain the strategic partnerships necessary to
market and distribute its dietary supplement products.
The Company relies on its own marketing staff for the marketing and sale of its current and
proposed dietary supplement products in Australia, Canada, the U.K. and the Netherlands. The
Company presently has limited marketing and sales staff. Achieving market acceptance for the
Company’s products will require extensive and substantial efforts by experienced personnel as well
as expenditure of significant funds. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
establish sufficient marketing, distribution and sales capabilities necessary to achieve market
penetration in these geographical areas. The Company recently announced in October 2006 that it had
licensed the U.S. rights to market Promensil and Trinovin brands to Natrol, Inc.
In other markets, the Company intends to appoint licensees and/or marketing partners who will be
responsible in large part for sales, marketing and distribution. While the Company will endeavor to
appoint licensees and/or marketing partners with proven abilities in these areas, the amount and
timing of resources, which may be devoted to the performance of their contractual responsibilities
by these partners, are not within the control of the Company. There can be no assurance that such
marketing partners will perform their obligations as expected, pay any additional option or license
fees to the Company or market any products under any agreement. There can be no assurance that the
Company will derive any revenue from such arrangements. Moreover, the other contracting parties may
have rights of termination under certain of the agreements. Exercise of such termination rights by
such other parties may have an adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and
results of operations. There can be no assurance that the interests of the Company will continue to
coincide with those of its
14
partners or that such partners will not develop independently, or with third parties, products or
technologies which could compete with the Company’s products, or that disagreements over rights or
technologies or other proprietary interests will not occur. To the extent that the Company chooses
not to, or is unable to, enter into future agreements, the Company would experience increased
capital requirements to undertake the marketing or sale of its current or future products. There
can be no assurance that the Company will be able to market or sell its technology or its current
or future products independently in the absence of such agreements.
If the data from the Company’s clinical trial program does not demonstrate the safety and
effectiveness of its pharmaceutical product candidates, the Company will not receive FDA approval
to market those product candidates in the United States.
Pharmaceutical products, including the Company’s pharmaceutical drug candidates, are subject to
significant regulation by a number of governmental entities, including the FDA in the U.S. and by
comparable authorities in other countries, including Australia. These agencies regulate, among
other things, research and development activities and the testing, manufacture, safety,
effectiveness, labeling, storage, record keeping, approval, advertising, promotion, distribution
and sale of such products. Product development and approval within this regulatory framework takes
a number of years and involves the expenditure of substantial resources. Many products, which
initially appear promising, ultimately do not reach the market because they are found to be unsafe
or do not demonstrate efficacy during the testing required by the regulatory process.
The Company currently has no products approved by the FDA. No assurance can be made that the
Company will be able to file any New Drug Application (NDA) or that any such filings will result in
FDA approval. Furthermore, the Company cannot predict with any degree of certainty when it might be
in a position to file any NDA or the length of time involved between the filing of an NDA and
obtaining FDA approval, if at all. The cost to the Company of conducting human clinical trials for
any potential product can vary dramatically based on a number of factors, including the order and
timing of clinical indications pursued and the extent of development and financial support, if any,
from corporate partners. The Company may have difficulty obtaining sufficient patient populations,
clinicians or support to conduct its clinical trials as planned and may have to expend substantial
additional funds to obtain access to such resources, or delay or modify its plans significantly.
There can be no assurance that FDA or other regulatory authority approval for any product developed
by the Company will be granted on a timely basis or at all. Any delay in obtaining or any failure
to obtain such approvals would materially and adversely affect the marketing of the Company’s
products and the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition,
legislation may be enacted in the future, which might adversely affect the Company’s ability to
develop, manufacture or market its products.
15
The Company faces the risk of product liability claims and may not be able to obtain adequate
insurance.
The Company’s business exposes it to the risk of product liability claims. This risk is inherent in
the manufacturing, testing and marketing of human therapeutic products. The Company has product
liability insurance coverage of up to approximately $A20 million. Although the Company believes
that this amount of insurance coverage is appropriate for its business at this time, the insurance
coverage is subject to deductibles and coverage limitations, and the market for such insurance is
becoming more restrictive. The Company may not be able to obtain or maintain adequate protection
against potential liabilities. If the Company is unable to sufficiently insure against potential
product liability claims, it will be exposed to significant liabilities, which may materially and
adversely affect the business development and commercialization efforts.
Enforceability of civil liabilities under the federal securities laws against the Company’s
officers and directors may be difficult.
The Company is a public company limited by shares and is registered and operates under the
Australian Corporations Act 2001. All of the Company’s directors and officers named in this Annual
Report reside outside the U.S. Substantially all or a substantial portion of the assets of those
persons are located outside the U.S. As a result, it may not be possible to affect service on such
persons in the U.S. or to enforce, in foreign courts, judgments against such persons obtained in
U.S. courts and predicated on the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the
U.S. Furthermore, substantially all of the directly owned assets of the Company are outside the
U.S., and, as such, any judgment obtained in the U.S. against the Company may not be collectible
within the U.S. There is doubt as to the enforceability in the Commonwealth of Australia, in
original actions or in actions for enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts, of civil liabilities
predicated solely upon federal or state securities laws of the U.S., especially in the case of
enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts where the defendant has not been properly served in
Australia.
The trading price of the shares of the Company’s common stock and Alternative Depository Receipts
(“ADRs”) could decline in value if the trading price of the shares of common stock of its listed
subsidiary company, Marshall Edwards, Inc., declines.
Novogen currently owns 78.1% of its subsidiary Marshall Edwards, Inc. (“MEI”), whose shares are
traded on the Nasdaq Global Market. If the trading price of Marshall Edwards’ shares declines or
its business does not achieve its objectives or its product development program is delayed, it
could have an adverse affect on Novogen’s share price.
The trading price of the shares of the Company’s common stock and ADRs is highly volatile. Your
investment could decline in value and the Company may incur significant costs from class action
litigation.
16
The trading price of the Company’s common stock and ADRs is highly volatile in response to various
factors, many of which are beyond the Company’s control, including:
| |
• |
|
Announcements of technological innovations by the Company and its competitors; |
| |
| |
• |
|
New products introduced or announced by the Company or its competitors; |
| |
| |
• |
|
Changes in financial estimates by securities analysts; |
| |
| |
• |
|
Actual or anticipated variations in operating results; |
| |
| |
• |
|
Expiration or termination of licenses, research contracts or other collaboration
agreements; |
| |
| |
• |
|
Conditions or trends in the regulatory climate in the biotechnology, pharmaceutical and
genomics industries; |
| |
| |
• |
|
Changes in the market values of similar companies; |
| |
| |
• |
|
The liquidity of any market for the Company’s securities; |
| |
| |
• |
|
Additional sales by the Company of its shares. |
In addition, equity markets in general and the market for biotechnology and life sciences companies
in particular, have experienced substantial price and volume fluctuations that have often been
unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of the companies traded in those
markets. In addition, changes in economic conditions in Australia, the United States, Europe, or
globally, could impact on the Company’s ability to grow profitably. Adverse economic changes are
outside the Company’s control and may result in material adverse impacts on the Company’s its
business or its results of operations. These broad market and industry factors may materially
affect the market price of the Company’s shares and ADRs regardless of its development and
operating performance. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a
company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against that
company. Such litigation, if instituted against the Company could cause it to incur substantial
costs and divert management’s attention and resources.
17
Item 4. Information on the Company
History and development of the Company
Novogen Limited, a company limited by shares, was incorporated in March 1994 under the jurisdiction
of the laws of New South Wales, Australia. Novogen has its registered office at 140 Wicks Rd, North
Ryde, New South Wales 2113. Its telephone number and other contact details are: Phone
61-2-9878-0088; Fax 61-2-9878-0055; and website, www.novogen.com (the information contained in the
website does not form part of the Annual Report). The Company’s Ordinary Shares are listed on the
Australian Stock Exchange (“ASX”) under the symbol “NRT” and its American Depositary Receipts
(ADRs), each representing five ordinary shares, trade on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol
“NVGN”.
Capital expenditures
The Company made no major investments of a capital nature during fiscal 2006. Future facilities
will be developed where appropriate, however, current plant capacity both at the isoflavones
extraction plant at Wyong NSW and at the pilot plant at North Ryde NSW are sufficient to meet
demand for the short to medium term.
Business overview
Nature of the Business
The Company is a pharmaceutical company involved in the discovery, development, manufacture and
marketing of products based on the emerging field of isoflavoniod technology. The Company’s product
development program embraces both a novel range of pharmaceuticals based on a range of phenolic
compounds in humans and dietary supplements based on plant compounds known as isoflavones. A key
element of the Company’s strategy is to leverage revenue generated from sales of the Company’s
dietary supplements in an effort to develop novel proprietary pharmaceuticals based on phenolic
compounds.
Dietary supplements
The Company launched its first dietary supplement product, Promensil™ (“Promensil”), in September
1997 in Australia. Subsequently, the Company has established 100% owned subsidiary companies in the
U.S., Canada, the U.K. and The Netherlands to market and distribute its range of dietary
supplements. The Company also entered into agency agreements to distribute its dietary supplements
in Singapore and South Africa, Indonesia, Austria and Italy. In October 2006 the Company announced
that it had licensed the U.S. rights to market Promensil and Trinovin brands to Natrol, Inc.
Promensil, Trinovin and Rimostil are “dietary supplements” that deliver standardized levels of all
four isoflavones — daidzein, genistein, formononetin and biochanin. Promensil, Trinovin and
Rimostil are listed with the appropriate regulatory bodies in the countries in which they are sold.
18
During the financial year, the consumer business (dietary supplement products) launched three new
product introductions into selected markets including the dietry supplement Promensil Post
Menopause into the U.S. market in September 2005, Promensil After Menopause in Canada in January
2006, and a diagnostic Promensil menopause test in Australia in March 2006. These products will be
launched progressively into other markets and are targeted to augment the Promensil brand by
extending the market to include an after menopause dietary supplement product and menopause test to
help women diagnose the symptoms of menopause. Different regulatory requirements will apply for
diagnostic tests intended for market in the U.S.
The following table is an analysis of revenue from sales and other sources during the past three
fiscal years by categories of activity and by geographical market. Other revenue consists
principally of interest income, grants received and royalty receipts. See Note 2 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements.
Category of Activity
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
2005 |
|
2006 |
| |
|
(A$’000) |
|
(A$’000) |
Dietary Supplements |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue |
|
|
13,404 |
|
|
|
13,500 |
|
Other income |
|
|
1,299 |
|
|
|
873 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pharmaceutical research and development |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income |
|
|
2,975 |
|
|
|
3,865 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Revenue |
|
|
17,678 |
|
|
|
18,238 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19
Geographical Markets
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
2005 |
|
2006 |
| |
|
(A$’000) |
|
(A$’000) |
Revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Australasia |
|
|
4,646 |
|
|
|
5,166 |
|
UK & Europe |
|
|
2,518 |
|
|
|
2,614 |
|
US & Canada |
|
|
6,240 |
|
|
|
5,720 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,404 |
|
|
|
13,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Australasia |
|
|
3,877 |
|
|
|
4,159 |
|
UK & Europe |
|
|
80 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
US & Canada |
|
|
317 |
|
|
|
575 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,274 |
|
|
|
4,738 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Revenue |
|
|
17,678 |
|
|
|
18,238 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
The Group earned gross revenues for the year ended June 30, 2006 of A$18.2 million versus A$17.7
million in the previous corresponding period, an increase of A$0.5 million. The increase in revenue
was due to increased sales of the Company’s consumer products which were A$13.5 million for the
year ended June 30, 2006 compared with A$13.4 million for the previous year, an increase of A$0.1
million or 1%. Other income increased by A$0.4 million to A$4.7 million verses A$4.3 million for
the previous corresponding period. The increase in other income was mainly due to increased
government grant income through the Pharmaceutical Partnership Program and an increase in revenue
received from litigation settlements from our consumer products patent defence activities.
Consumer product sales
Sales in Australasia for the year ended June 30, 2006 were A$5.2 million, an increase of A$0.6
million or 13% from A$4.6 million for the previous year. Sales in North America were, A$5.7
million, a reduction of A$0.5 million or 8% from A$6.2 million for the previous year. Sales in
Europe of A$2.6 million for the year were up slightly by A$0.1 million from A$2.5 million for the
previous corresponding period.
20
During the financial year, the consumer business launched three new product introductions into
selected markets including Promensil Post Menopause into the U.S. market in September 2005,
Promensil After Menopause in Canada in January 2006 and a Promensil menopause test in Australia in
March 2006. These products will be launched progressively into other markets and are targeted to
augment the Promensil brand by extending the market to include an after menopause product and
menopause test to help women diagnose the symptoms of menopause.
Sales levels of our consumer products in Australia, Canada and to a lesser extent in Europe, have
continued to benefit from our targeted promotional programs. Sales in the U.S. market were affected
by the market decline in the natural menopause product market of 18%. This decline was due to
reduced advertising and sales and marketing effort across the sector and increased competition from
hormone replacement therapy (“HRT”) products which appear to be regaining some of the markets which
were impacted by the recent controversies surrounding safety issues. In October 2006, the Company
licensed the U.S. rights to market Promensil and Trinovin brands to Natrol, Inc. The Company will
continue to position its products as the most clinically trialled natural alternatives in the
menopause market.
Product Research and Development.
Cardiovascular drug development
In September 2005, the Company announced that its cardiovascular drug transNV-04 had demonstrated
significant reduction in blood pressure and reduced arterial stiffness in a Phase Ib human clinical
trial in Australia. TransNV-04 was administered to 25 middle aged men and women who were overweight
and had suffered from at least two complications of fatness (overweight), abnormal blood fats, high
blood glucose or raised blood pressure. The trial results showed that arterial stiffness was
reduced and that blood pressures, both systolic and diastolic, were lowered significantly.
Anti-inflammatory drug development
In March 2006, the Company announced that the anti-inflammatory drug NV-52 which is being developed
for inflammatory bowel disease had completed a Phase I human clinical trial in Australia. Six
patients were given a single oral dose. The study was designed to demonstrate safety and the
mechanics of the drugs accumulation and elimination in human subjects. The rapid absorption
indicates a potential as an oral therapy.
Cancer drug development
The Company has established a subsidiary company, Marshall Edwards, Inc. (“MEI”) to develop and
commercialize its anti-cancer drug candidates. MEI was listed on the Alternative Investment Market
of the London Stock Exchange in May 2002 and on the Nasdaq Global Market in December 2003. In
January, 2006, MEI voluntarily cancelled the trading of its common stock on the Alternative
Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange.
21
Phenoxodiol
The Group’s lead anti-cancer drug, phenoxodiol, continued its clinical development program through
MEI. Phenoxodiol is currently being evaluated for the treatment of prostate cancer, ovarian cancer
and squamous cell carcinomas (SCC) of the cervix, vagina and vulva.
In May 2006, MEI completed a SPA and agreement with the FDA on a pivotal Phase III study of
phenoxodiol as a chemo-sensitizing agent in combination with carboplatin in women with
platinum-resistant ovarian cancer. The SPA process allows for FDA evaluation of a clinical trial
protocol that will form the basis of an efficacy claim for a marketing application, and provides an
agreement that the study design, including patient numbers, clinical endpoints and analyses are
acceptable to the FDA. As a Fast Track product, phenoxodiol will be eligible for accelerated
approval and priority review by the FDA of the future marketing application for this indication.
During fiscal year 2006, MEI also made significant progress in the clinical development of
phenoxodiol including:
| • |
|
In March 2006, MEI announced that Yale
researchers presented data at the Annual
Meeting on Women’s Cancer. The data was
from the study conducted at Yale – New
Haven Hospital, Connecticut, U.S. as well
as the Royal Women’s Hospital, Melbourne,
Australia, The Yale researchers reported
that 74 percent of patients with
late-stage, platinum-resistant tumors who
received the phenoxodiol and cisplatin
combination showed evidence of a change in
tumor growth by way of either tumor
shrinkage or no increase in tumor size. |
| |
| • |
|
In November 2005, MEI announced plans for
a Phase Ib/IIa clinical study of the
investigational anti-cancer drug,
phenoxodiol in combination with docetaxel
for women with recurrent ovarian cancer.
The investigator-initiated clinical study
is taking place at the Yale University
School of Medicine and is supported
jointly by Sanofi-Aventis and MEI. |
| |
| • |
|
In November 2005, MEI announced that
phenoxodiol delays tumor progression in
men suffering from late-stage hormone
refractory prostate cancer. This study is
being conducted at the Sir Charles
Gairdner Hospital in Perth, Australia and
was presented at the International
Conference on Molecular Targets and Cancer
Therapeutics in Philadelphia. |
| |
| • |
|
Also in November 2005, MEI announced at
the International Conference on Molecular
Targets and Cancer Therapeutics in
Philadelphia, that Yale University’s
School of Medicine reported a further
update on results from a clinical study
conducted with women with early-stage
cancer of the cervix and vagina. The data
presented by Yale researchers indicates
continuing confidence that the |
22
| |
|
investigational drug phenoxodiol produces anti-cancer responses in women with cervical cancer. |
| |
| • |
|
In October 2005, MEI announced updated results from two clinical studies, conducted at Yale
University’s School of Medicine, involving women with late-stage ovarian cancer and women with
early-stage cancer of the cervix and vagina. Interim data, for women with late stage ovarian
cancer, presented by Dr Gil Mor at the 11th World Congress of the International
Menopause Society, meeting in Buenos Aires, Argentina, indicated that after combining
phenoxodiol with either paclitaxel or cisplatin, overall survival had been substantially
extended. |
In May 2006 the Company concluded with MEI’s wholly owned subsidiary, Marshall Edwards Pty Limited
(“MEPL”), an exclusive, worldwide non-transferable licence under its patent and patent applications
and in its know how for MEPL to conduct clinical trials, commercialize and distribute the
anti-cancer drug candidates, NV-196 and NV-143.
NV-196, is a synthetic anti-cancer compound developed by Novogen, based on an isoflavan ring
structure and like phenoxodiol, is a signal transduction inhibitor. Preliminary screening studies
conducted by Novogen have identified NV-196 as a candidate for product development showing a
favorable in vitro toxicity profile against normal cells and broad activity against cancer cells.
NV-196 is currently in Phase I human testing in Australia and is being developed initially in oral
form for the treatment of pancreatic and bile duct cancers.
NV-143 is currently in pre-clinical testing and preliminary screening studies have identified broad
anti-cancer activity, against cancer cells representative of melanoma, glioma, prostate, ovarian,
breast and lung cancer. NV-143 also exhibits broadly acting chemosensitizing activity. The
mechanisms by which NV-143 elicits its anti-cancer/chemosensitizing effect are being researched.
NV-143 is being initially developed to target the treatment of melanoma.
Novogen currently owns 78.1% of Marshall Edwards, Inc.
Wound healing
In May 1999 the Company established Glycotex, Inc., a U.S. subsidiary of Novogen Inc., to provide
a commercial vehicle for Novogen’s glucan technology.
Novogen currently owns 84.3% of Glycotex Inc.
Source and Availability of Raw Materials
Isoflavones
Two major manufacturing considerations are supply of raw materials (red clover) and isoflavone
extraction capacity.
23
Red clover is grown under contract by farmers experienced in red clover growing. As part of a risk
reduction strategy, red clover is grown in a number of areas of geographical and climatic diversity
in three Australian states (New South Wales, Victoria and South Australia). For cost reasons, red
clover is no longer grown in the South Island of New Zealand. The current growing capacity is
judged to exceed projected demand for the foreseeable future.
The existing isoflavone extraction facility at Wyong NSW is currently meeting existing demand for
product. More recently, the Company has entered into a contract with a third party supplier of
isoflavones to augment its supply of quality isoflavones for use in the consumer products. The
Company currently uses contract formulators and packers in Australia to tablet and to pack the
final product.
Phenolic Compounds
The synthetic phenolic compounds used in the Company’s pre-clinical and clinical trials are
currently being manufactured at the pilot facility located at North Ryde. The facility manufactures
phenoxodiol, cardiovascular program compounds and anti-inflammatory compounds and will provide
sufficient product for pre-clinical and initial clinical trial purposes. The Company has taken the
strategic decision not to manufacture commercial scale Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (API) for
cancer drugs, including phenoxodiol, as these can be more economically supplied by third parties
with particular expertise in this area. The contract facilities that have been identified are
registered with the FDA as drug manufacturing establishments, have a track record of large scale
API manufacture and have already invested in capital and equipment.
MEPL has entered into contracts with third parties to develop a scalable manufacturing method to
ensure that sufficient quantities of phenoxodiol can be manufactured in compliance with cGMP
(Current Good Manufacturing Practices) and to complete the analytical and stability work necessary
for an NDA submission. An NDA will be submitted if the Phase III study is successful, and approval
of the NDA is required to market phenoxodiol. The Company will need to arrange similar contracts in
the future to secure the supply of NV-196 and NV-143.
Marketing Channels
The Company is currently marketing dietary supplement products for people whose intake of
isoflavones is inadequate.
The marketing strategy is for the Company to continue to be responsible for the direct marketing of
its current and proposed dietary supplement products in Australia, New Zealand, Canada and selected
European countries. The Company will rely on distributors and other third parties for the sale of
the Company’s dietary supplements in other countries and regions. The Company has entered into
agency distribution agreements in Singapore, South Africa, Austria, Ireland and Italy and licensed
the U.S. rights to Promensil and Trinovin.
24
Patent Protection
The first and most important area of the intellectual property (“IP”) of the Company is based upon
the understanding that an important function of isoflavones in the diet is to act as
“pro-hormones”, leading to the formation of a previously undiscovered class of hormones known as
“phenolic hormones”. The Company’s discovery that these isoflavonoid-derived phenolic compounds
have biological activity is the basis of the Company’s drug discovery and development program. A
number of these phenolic compounds have been identified by the Company as offering significant
commercial potential as new pharmaceuticals and these are currently under development. The Company
has PCT (Patent Cooperation Treaty) patent applications pending relating to these compounds and a
wide range of therapeutic applications.
The second area of IP is the proprietary technology that allows the method of extraction of all
four principal estrogenic isoflavones found in the human diet. This technology has allowed the
development of Promensil and Trinovin, which are supplement products that deliver standardized
levels of all four isoflavones — daidzein, genistein, formononetin and biochanin.
The third important area of IP is an understanding of the distinctive biological functions of each
of the four estrogenic isoflavones. The Company has found that while the four estrogenic
isoflavones share functions in common, each has a distinctive biological profile with some even
having unique functions. This is the basis of development of dietary supplements with “customized”
isoflavone ratios in order to meet specific health needs.
The Company pursues an aggressive patent application filing strategy, filing PCT patent
applications which can be used to pursue patent protection in countries with significant markets
for our products. All current patent applications are filed in the name of or assigned to either
Novogen Inc., Novogen’s wholly-owned U.S. subsidiary, or Novogen Research Pty Ltd, one of Novogen’s
wholly-owned Australian subsidiaries.
The Company believes that the protection of its intellectual property is fundamental to the success
of its businesses. During the year the Company commenced a number of patent infringement litigation
proceedings against companies which were in breach of certain patents. The Company has received
A$613,000 in settlement fees resulting from actions resolved in Canada and the U.S. The Company is
continuing to prosecute its IP rights and in June announced that the Vienna Commercial Court had
upheld a provisional injunction against an Austrian company, APOtrend. The Company has provided a
guarantee to the value of 250,000 Euros with the court to confirm its commitment to the ongoing
enforcement process.
Intellectual property development
During the past fiscal year 16 patents were granted to the Company which relate to the Company’s
technology and products. The areas with expanding patent cover include
25
isoflavone formulation and uses, synthetic drug compounds and their use, and a novel food product.
| |
|
|
Europe |
|
|
Patent # 1049451
|
|
Compositions and methods for protecting skin from UV induced immunosuppresion and
skin damage |
|
|
|
Australia |
|
|
Patent # 2002238278
|
|
Dimeric Isoflavones |
|
|
|
USA |
|
|
Patent # 7033621
|
|
Preparation of isoflavones from legumes |
Patent # 6987098
|
|
Health supplements containing phyto-oestrogen, analogues or metabolites thereof |
|
|
|
Czech |
|
|
Patent # 295625
|
|
Therapeutic methods and compositions involving isoflavones |
|
|
|
Singapore |
|
|
Patent # 86589
|
|
Compositions and therapeutic methods involving isoflavones and methods thereof |
Patent # 97715
|
|
Regulation of lipids and/or bone density and compositions thereof |
|
|
|
Sweden |
|
|
Patent # 526737
|
|
Compositions and methods for protecting skin from UV induced immunosuppresion and
skin damage |
|
|
|
South Africa |
|
|
Patent # 2001/6502
|
|
Production of isoflavone derivatives |
Patent # 2003/5091
|
|
Regulation of lipids and/or bone density and compositions thereof |
|
|
|
China |
|
|
Patent # 222038
|
|
Preparation of isoflavones from legumes |
Patent # ZL01804008.X
|
|
Food product and process |
|
|
|
Israel |
|
|
Patent # 138129
|
|
Therapy of estrogen-associated disorders |
Patent # 136784
|
|
Compositions and methods for protecting skin from UV induced immunosuppresion and
skin damage |
|
|
|
New Zealand |
|
|
Patent # 528067
|
|
Dimeric Isoflavones |
Patent # 538323
|
|
Production of isoflavone derivatives |
26
These grants bring the number of Company patents granted in the U.S. and abroad to 61 as compared
to 45 patents granted at the end of fiscal year 2005.
Trademark Protection
The Company also seeks IP protection through trademark registration of product names and corporate
logos. The Company has an active program of registering all product trademarks in significant
markets.
Licensing Arrangements
In 1997, the Company granted an exclusive license for the use of soy under three Novogen patent
applications to Dupont Protein Technologies, Inc. (“PTI”) and PTI’s subsequent joint venture with
Bunge now called Solae LLC. During fiscal 2005, this licence was transferred to Archer Daniels
Midland Company (ADM). Under the terms of the transfer, ADM assumes the rights and obligations
formally held by Solae, including the obligation for royalty and milestone payments under the terms
of the licence. In fiscal 2005, the Company received A$1.7 million royalty in line with the
Company’s licence agreement with “The Solae Company” (licence transferred to ADM) and A$0.2 million
Licence fees received from Melbrosin International GmbH & Co under the terms of a licence agreement
resulting from the granting to Novogen of certain patents relating to our consumer business. In
fiscal 2006, the Company received $A1.2 million from ADM and $A0.5 million from Melbrosin
International GmbH & Co. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Operating
Results – Fiscal 2006 v. Fiscal 2005.”
Australian Government
The activities of the Company are subject to numerous Australian laws and regulations, including
those described below.
The Australian Corporations Law is the main body of law governing companies incorporated in
Australia, such as Novogen and its Australian subsidiaries. The Australian Securities and
Investments Commission (“ASIC”) is an Australian Government organization that administratively
enforces legislation covering matters such as directors’ duties and responsibilities, preparation
of accounts, auditor control, issue and transfer of shares, control of shareholders’ meetings,
rights of minority interests, amendments to capital structure, preparation and filing of public
documents such as annual reports, changes in directors and changes to capital.
The Australian Stock Exchange (“ASX”) imposes listing rules on all listed companies, such as
Novogen. The rules cover issues such as continuous and immediate disclosure to the market of
relevant information, periodic financial reporting and the prior approval of reports to
shareholders.
27
The Company believes that it materially complies with the foregoing Australian laws and regulations
pertaining to public and private companies.
The Company’s products and manufacturing facilities also are regulated by various Australian
federal and state instrumentalities. The Company’s manufacturing facilities hold the appropriate
licenses concerning hazardous chemical use and the manufacture of health products.
Australian Regulatory Requirements
The Therapeutic Goods Act 1989, or 1989 Act, sets out the legal requirements for the import,
export, manufacture and supply of pharmaceutical products in Australia. The 1989 Act requires that
all pharmaceutical products to be imported into, supplied in, manufactured in or exported from
Australia be included in the Australian Register of Therapeutic Goods, or ARTG, unless specifically
exempted under the Act.
In order to ensure that a product can be included in the ARTG, a sponsoring company must make an
application to the Therapeutic Goods Administration, or TGA. The application usually consists of a
form accompanied by data (based on the European Union requirements) to support the quality, safety
and efficacy of the drug and payment of a fee. Application details are available on the TGA
website http://www.tga.gov.au.
The first phase of evaluation, known as the Application Entry Process, is usually a short period
during which an application is assessed on an administrative level to ensure that it complies with
the basic guidelines. The TGA must decide within at least 40 working days whether it will accept
the application for evaluation.
Once an application is accepted for evaluation, aspects of the data provided are allocated to
evaluators within the different relevant sections, who prepare evaluation reports. Following
evaluation, the chemistry and quality control aspects of a product may be referred to a
sub-committee of the Australian Drug and Evaluation Committee, or ADEC, to review the relevant
evaluation reports. The evaluation reports (along with any resolutions of the ADEC sub-committee)
are then sent to the sponsoring company who then has the opportunity to comment on the views
expressed within the evaluation report, provide corrections and to submit supplementary data to
address any issues raised in the evaluation reports.
Once the evaluations are complete, the TGA prepares a summary document on the key issues on which
advice will be sought from the ADEC. This summary is sent to the sponsoring company which is able
to submit a response to the ADEC dealing with issues raised in the summary and those not previously
addressed in the evaluation report. The ADEC provides independent advice on the quality,
risk-benefit, effectiveness and access of the drug and conduct medical and scientific evaluations
of the application. The ADEC’s resolutions are provided to the sponsoring company 5 working days
after the ADEC meeting.
28
The TGA takes into account the advice of the ADEC in reaching a decision to approve or reject a
product. Any approval for registration on the ARTG may have conditions associated with it.
From the time that the TGA accepts the initial application for evaluation, the TGA must complete
the evaluation and make a decision on the registration of the product within at least 255 working
days. The TGA also has a system of priority evaluation for products that meet certain criteria,
including where the product is a new chemical entity that it is not otherwise available on the
market as an approved product, and is for the treatment of a serious, life-threatening illness for
which other therapies are either ineffective or not available.
Promensil and Trinovin’s regulatory status is currently under review by the TGA in Australia. In
2004, the Company was notified by the TGA that it was reviewing the listing status of its dietary
supplements products in Australia. These products are currently listed as “AUSTL” listed
complementary medicine under regulations of the TGA. Following the completion of this review, these
products could retain this status or be de-listed in Australia. The Company believes that its
products qualify for their current listing status as “AUSTL” listed complementary medicine.
However, no assurance can be given that the TGA will ultimately reach this conclusion. In the event
of an adverse determination by the TGA, the Company will consider what further options are
available to it. Refer to “Risk Factors” for further details.
U.S. Regulatory Requirements
The FDA, and comparable regulatory agencies in other countries, regulate and impose substantial
requirements upon the research, development, pre-clinical and clinical testing, labeling,
manufacture, quality control, storage, approval, advertising, promotion, marketing, distribution
and export of pharmaceutical products including biologics, as well as significant reporting and
record-keeping obligations. State governments may also impose obligations in these areas.
In the United States, pharmaceutical products are regulated by the FDA under the Federal Food Drug
and Cosmetic Act or FDCA and other laws including in the case of biologics, the Public Health
Service Act. We believe, but cannot be certain, that our products will be regulated as drugs by the
FDA. The process required by the FDA before drugs may be marketed in the United States generally
involves the following:
| |
• |
|
pre-clinical laboratory evaluations, including formulation and stability testing, and
animal tests performed under the FDA’s Good Laboratory Practices regulations to assess
potential safety and effectiveness; |
| |
| |
• |
|
submission and approval of an Initial New Drug Application (“IND”), including results
of pre-clinical tests, manufacturing information and protocols for clinical tests, which
must become effective before clinical trials may begin in the United States; |
29
| |
• |
|
obtaining approval of Institutional Review Boards to administer the products to human
subjects in clinical trials; |
| |
| |
• |
|
adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials to establish the safety and efficacy
of the product for the product’s intended use; |
| |
| |
• |
|
development of manufacturing processes which conform to FDA current Good Manufacturing
Practices, or cGMPs, as confirmed by FDA inspection; |
| |
| |
• |
|
submission of pre-clinical and clinical test results, and chemistry, manufacturing and
controls information on the product to the FDA in a NDA; and |
| |
| |
• |
|
FDA review and approval of an NDA, prior to any commercial sale or shipment of a
product. |
The testing and approval process requires substantial time, effort, and financial resources, and we
cannot be certain that any approval will be granted on a timely basis, if at all.
The results of the pre-clinical tests, together with initial specified manufacturing information,
the proposed clinical trial protocol, and information about the participating investigators are
submitted to the FDA as part of an IND, which must become effective before we may begin human
clinical trials in the U.S. Additionally, an independent Institutional Review Board must review and
approve each study protocol and oversee conduct of the trial. An IND becomes effective 30 days
after receipt by the FDA, unless the FDA, within the 30-day period, raises concerns or questions
about the conduct of the trials or information in the IND and imposes a clinical hold. If the FDA
imposes a clinical hold, the IND sponsor must resolve the FDA’s concerns before clinical trials can
begin. Pre-clinical tests and studies can take several years to complete, and there is no guarantee
that an IND we submit based on such tests and studies will become effective within any specific
time period, if at all.
Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases that may overlap.
• Phase I: The drug is initially introduced into healthy human subjects or patients and tested for
safety and dosage tolerance. Absorption, metabolism, distribution, and excretion testing is
generally performed at this stage.
• Phase II: The drug is studied in controlled, exploratory therapeutic trials in a limited number
of subjects with the disease or medical condition for which the new drug is intended to be used in
order to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, to determine the preliminary or
potential efficacy of the product for specific targeted diseases or medical conditions, and to
determine dosage tolerance and the optimal effective dose.
30
• Phase III: When Phase II studies demonstrate that a specific dosage range of the drug is likely
to be effective and the drug has an acceptable safety profile, controlled, large-scale therapeutic
Phase III trials are undertaken at multiple study sites to demonstrate clinical efficacy and to
further test for safety in an expanded patient population.
We cannot be certain that we will successfully complete Phase I, Phase II, or Phase III testing of
our products within any specific time period, if at all. Furthermore the FDA, the Institutional
Review Board or we may suspend or terminate clinical trials at any time on various grounds,
including a finding that the subjects or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk.
Results of pre-clinical studies and clinical trials, as well as detailed information about the
manufacturing process, quality control methods, and product composition, among other things, are
submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA seeking approval to market and commercially distribute the
product on the basis of a determination that the product is safe and effective for its intended
use. Before approving an NDA, the FDA will inspect the facilities at which the product is
manufactured and will not approve the product unless cGMP compliance is satisfactory. If applicable
regulatory criteria are not satisfied, the FDA may deny the NDA or require additional testing or
information. As a condition of approval, the FDA also may require post-marketing testing or
surveillance to monitor the product’s safety or efficacy. Even after an NDA is approved, the FDA
may impose additional obligations or restrictions (such as labeling changes), or even suspend or
withdraw a product approval on the basis of data that arise after the product reaches the market,
or if compliance with regulatory standards is not maintained. We cannot be certain that any NDA we
submit will be approved by the FDA on a timely basis, if at all. Also, any such approval may limit
the indicated uses for which the product may be marketed. Any refusal to approve, delay in
approval, suspension or withdrawal of approval, or restrictions on indicated uses could have a
material adverse impact on our business prospects.
Each NDA must be accompanied by a user fee, pursuant to the requirements of the Prescription Drug
User Fee Act, or PDUFA, and its amendments. According to the FDA’s fee schedule, effective on
October 1, 2006 for the fiscal year 2007, the user fee for an application requiring clinical data,
such as an NDA, is $896,200. The FDA adjusts the PDUFA user fees on an annual basis. PDUFA also
imposes an annual product fee for prescription drugs and biologics ($49,750), and an annual
establishment fee ($313,100) on facilities used to manufacture prescription drugs and biologics. A
written request can be submitted for a waiver for the application fee for the first human drug
application that is filed by a small business, but there are no small business waivers for product
or establishment fees. We are not at the stage of development with our products where we are
subject to these fees, but they are significant expenditures that will be incurred in the future
and must be paid at the time of application submissions to FDA.
Satisfaction of FDA requirements typically takes several years. The actual time required varies
substantially, based upon the type, complexity, and novelty of the pharmaceutical product, among
other things. Government regulation imposes costly and time-
31
consuming requirements and restrictions throughout the product life cycle and may delay product
marketing for a considerable period of time, limit product marketing, or prevent marketing
altogether. Success in pre-clinical or early stage clinical trials does not ensure success in later
stage clinical trials. Data obtained from pre-clinical and clinical activities are not always
conclusive and may be susceptible to varying interpretations that could delay, limit, or prevent
marketing approval. Even if a product receives marketing approval, the approval is limited to
specific clinical indications. Further, even after marketing approval is obtained, the discovery of
previously unknown problems with a product may result in restrictions on the product or even
complete withdrawal of the product from the market.
After product approval, there are continuing significant regulatory requirements imposed by the
FDA, including record-keeping requirements, obligations to report adverse side effects in patients
using the products, and restrictions on advertising and promotional activities. Quality control and
manufacturing procedures must continue to conform to cGMPs, and the FDA periodically inspects
facilities to assess cGMP compliance. Additionally, post-approval changes in ingredient
composition, manufacturing processes or facilities, product labeling, or other areas may require
submission of an NDA Supplement to the FDA for review and approval. New indications will require
additional clinical tests and submission of an NDA Supplement. Failure to comply with FDA
regulatory requirements may result in an enforcement action by the FDA, including Warning Letters,
product recalls, suspension or revocation of product approval, seizure of product to prevent
distribution, impositions of injunctions prohibiting product manufacture or distribution, and civil
and criminal penalties. Maintaining compliance is costly and time-consuming. We cannot be certain
that we, or our present or future suppliers or third-party manufacturers, will be able to comply
with all FDA regulatory requirements, and potential consequences of noncompliance could have a
material adverse impact on our business prospects.
The FDA’s policies may change, and additional governmental regulations may be enacted that could
delay, limit, or prevent regulatory approval of our products or affect our ability to manufacture,
market, or distribute our products after approval. Moreover, increased attention to the containment
of healthcare costs in the United States and in foreign markets could result in new government
regulations that could have a material adverse effect on our business. Our failure to obtain
coverage, an adequate level of reimbursement, or acceptable prices for our future products could
diminish any revenues we may be able to generate. Our ability to commercialize future products will
depend in part on the extent to which coverage and reimbursement for the products will be available
from government and health administration authorities, private health insurers, and other
third-party payers. European Union and U.S. government and other third-party payers increasingly
are attempting to contain healthcare costs by consideration of new laws and regulations limiting
both coverage and the level of reimbursement for new drugs. We cannot predict the likelihood,
nature or extent of adverse governmental regulation that might arise from future legislative or
administrative action, either in the United States or abroad.
32
Our activities also may be subject to state laws and regulations that affect our ability to develop
and sell our products. We are also subject to numerous federal, state, and local laws relating to
such matters as safe working conditions, clinical, laboratory, and manufacturing practices,
environmental protection, fire hazard control, and disposal of hazardous or potentially hazardous
substances. We may incur significant costs to comply with such laws and regulations now or in the
future, and the failure to comply may have a material adverse impact on our business prospects.
The FDCA includes provisions designed to facilitate and expedite the development and review of
drugs and biological products intended for treatment of serious or life-threatening conditions that
demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for such conditions. These provisions set
forth a procedure for designation of a drug as a “Fast Track product.” The Fast Track designation
applies to the combination of the product and specific indication for which it is being studied. A
product designated as Fast Track is ordinarily eligible for additional programs for expediting
development and review, but products that are not in Fast Track drug development programs may also
be able to take advantage of these programs. These programs include priority review of NDAs and
accelerated approval. Drug approval under the accelerated approval regulations may be based on
evidence of clinical effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical
benefit. A postmarketing clinical study will be required to verify clinical benefit, and other
restrictions to assure safe use may be imposed.
Under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984 (the “Patent Act”), a
sponsor may obtain marketing exclusivity for a period of time following FDA approval of certain
drug applications, regardless of patent status, if the drug is a new chemical entity or if new
clinical studies were required to support the marketing application for the drug. This marketing
exclusivity prevents a third party from obtaining FDA approval for an identical or nearly identical
drug under an Abbreviated New Drug Application (“ANDA”) or a “505(b)(2) New Drug Application.” The
statute also allows a patent owner to obtain an extension of applicable patent terms for a period
equal to one-half the period of time elapsed between the filing of an IND and the filing of the
corresponding NDA plus the period of time between the filing of the NDA and FDA approval, with a
five year maximum patent extension. We cannot be certain that Novogen will be able to take
advantage of either the patent term extension or marketing exclusivity provisions of these laws.
The Best Pharmaceuticals for Children Act, signed into law on January 4, 2002, provides an
additional six months of marketing exclusivity for new or marketed drugs, for which specific
pediatric studies were conducted at the written request of the FDA. On December 3, 2003, the
Pediatric Research Equity Act was signed into law, authorizing the FDA to require pediatric studies
for drugs and biological products to ensure the drugs’ or products’ safety and effectiveness in
children. This Act required that NDAs or supplements to NDAs contain data assessing the safety and
effectiveness for the claimed indication in all relevant pediatric subpopulations. Dosing and
administration must be supported for each pediatric subpopulation for which the drug is safe and
effective. The FDA may grant deferrals for submission of data, or full or partial waivers.
33
European Union Regulatory Requirements
Outside the United States, our ability to market our products will also be contingent upon
receiving marketing authorizations from the appropriate regulatory authorities and compliance with
applicable post-approval regulatory requirements. Although the specific requirements and
restrictions vary from country to country, as a general matter, foreign regulatory systems include
risks similar to those associated with FDA regulation, described above. Under EU regulatory
systems, marketing authorizations may be submitted either under a centralized or a national
procedure. Under the centralized procedure, a single application to the European Medicines Agency
(EMEA) leads to an approval granted by the European Commission which permits the marketing of the
product throughout the EU. The centralized procedure is mandatory for certain classes of medicinal
products, but optional for others. For example, all medicinal products developed by certain
biotechnological means, and those developed for cancer and other specified diseases and disorders,
must be authorized via the centralized procedure. We assume that the centralized procedure will
apply to our products that are developed by means of a biotechnology process. The national
procedure is used for products that are not required to be authorized by the centralized procedure.
Under the national procedure, an application for a marketing authorization is submitted to the
competent authority of one member state of the EU. The holders of a national marketing
authorization may submit further applications to the competent authorities of the remaining member
states via either the decentralized or mutual recognition procedure. The decentralized procedure
enables applicants to submit an identical application to the competent authorities of all member
states where approval is sought at the same time as the first application, while under the mutual
recognition procedure, products are authorized initially in one member state, and other member
states where approval is sought are then requested to recognize the original authorization based
upon an assessment report prepared by the original authorizing competent authority. Both the
decentralized and mutual recognition procedures should take no longer than 90 days, but if one
member state makes an objection, which under the legislation can only be based on a possible risk
to human health, the application will be automatically referred to the Committee for Medicinal
Products for Human Use (CHMP) of the EMEA. If a referral for arbitration is made, the procedure is
suspended. However, member states that have already approved the application may, at the request of
the applicant, authorize the product in question without waiting for the result of the arbitration.
Such authorizations will be without prejudice to the outcome of the arbitration. For all other
concerned member states, the opinion of the CHMP, which is binding, could support or reject the
objection or alternatively could reach a compromise position acceptable to all EU countries
concerned. The arbitration procedure may take an additional year before a final decision is reached
and may require the delivery of additional data.
As with FDA approval we may not be able to secure regulatory approvals in Europe in a timely
manner, if at all. Additionally, as in the United States, post-approval regulatory requirements,
such as those regarding product manufacture, marketing, or distribution, would apply to any product
that is approved in Europe, and failure to comply with such
34
obligations could have a material adverse effect on our ability to successfully commercialize any
product.
The conduct of clinical trials in the European Union is governed by the European Clinical Trials
Directive (2001/20/EC), which was implemented in May 2004. This Directive governs how regulatory
bodies in member states control clinical trials. No clinical trial may be started without a
clinical trial authorization granted by the national competent authority and favorable ethics
approval.
Dietary Supplements
The Company’s products, Promensil, Trinovin and Rimostil are classified as “dietary supplements”.
“Dietary supplements”, although subject to the FDCA, are treated differently than pharmaceuticals
and are the subject of recent legislation known as the Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act
of 1994 (the “Dietary Supplement Act”). The Dietary Supplement Act defines dietary supplements, and
regulates claims and labeling of dietary supplements. Under the Dietary Supplement Act, a company
is responsible for determining that the dietary supplements it manufactures or distributes are
safe, and that any representations or claims made about them are substantiated by adequate evidence
to show that they are not false or misleading. The FDA has published a proposed rule for cGMP
regulations for dietary supplements. The Company believes that Promensil, Trinovin and Rimostil,
the products of the Company currently sold in the U.S., comply with the claims, labeling and other
rules relating to dietary supplements. The products are formulated and packaged by a contract
manufacturer in the U.S. which informed the Company that it is compliant with the FDA’s proposed
cGMP requirements. The active bulk ingredients for Promensil, Trinovin and Rimostil are produced by
the Company at its production facility which is certified by the TGA as adhering to cGMP for
Australia.
Organizational Structure
Corporate Structure
Novogen Limited is a company limited by shares and is incorporated and domiciled in Australia.
Novogen Limited and its controlled entities “Novogen” or “Group” have prepared a consolidated
financial report incorporating the entities that it controlled during the financial year, which
included the following controlled entities:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Name of Entity |
|
Country of Incorporation |
|
Ownership % |
Novogen Laboratories Pty Ltd
|
|
Australia
|
|
|
100 |
|
Novogen Research Pty Ltd
|
|
Australia
|
|
|
100 |
|
Central Coast Properties Pty Ltd
|
|
Australia
|
|
|
100 |
|
Phytosearch Pty Ltd
|
|
Australia
|
|
|
100 |
|
Phytogen Pty Ltd
|
|
Australia
|
|
|
100 |
|
Glycotex Pty Ltd
|
|
Australia
|
|
|
100 |
|
Norvogen Pty Ltd
|
|
Australia
|
|
|
100 |
|
35
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Name of Entity |
|
Country of Incorporation |
|
Ownership % |
Novogen Inc
|
|
USA
|
|
|
100 |
|
Glycotex Inc
|
|
USA
|
|
|
84.3 |
|
Novogen Limited (U.K.)
|
|
U.K.
|
|
|
100 |
|
Promensil Limited
|
|
U.K.
|
|
|
100 |
|
Novogen BV
|
|
Netherlands
|
|
|
100 |
|
Novogen Canada Limited
|
|
Canada
|
|
|
100 |
|
Marshall Edwards Inc
|
|
USA
|
|
|
86.9 |
|
Marshall Edwards Pty Limited*
|
|
Australia
|
|
|
86.9 |
|
|
|
|
| * |
|
Indirect ownership through Marshall Edwards, Inc. |
Property, Plants and Equipment
The Company’s major isoflavone extraction manufacturing plant is located in Wyong in New South
Wales. This plant is used to manufacture the active raw material used in the Company’s dietary
supplement products. The Company owns the land and buildings at Wyong site which covers an area of
approximately 3.37 hectares. The Company also owns the equipment used in the extraction process and
laboratories. The manufacturing capacity of the Wyong extraction and manufacturing facility is
adequate to produce the forecasted isoflavone extract requirements for at least the next two years.
The pilot plant used for the manufacture of the phenoxodiol clinical trial material and other
pharmaceutical product candidates is located in the Company’s leased premises in North Ryde,
Sydney. The North Ryde premises occupies 1,088 square meters. These premises are also used
as Novogen’s corporate headquarters. The Company owns the equipment used in the pilot plant.
The plant has enough capacity to produce clinical trial quantities up to Phase II of the Company’s
product candidates.
Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments
None
Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with “Item 18. Financial
Statements” included below. Operating results are not necessarily indicative of results that may
occur in future periods. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that
involve risks uncertainties and assumptions. The actual results may differ materially from those
anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of many factors including, but not
limited to, those set forth under “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” in Item 3. “Key
Information” included above in this Annual Report. All forward-looking statements included in this
document are based on the information available to us on the date of this document and we assume no
obligation to update any forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report.
36
Application of Critical Accounting Policies
The summary of significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements under Item 18 of this Annual Report. A reconciliation of operating results to
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“US GAAP”) is included in Note 24 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 18 of this Annual
Report.
Revenue Recognition
Revenues from product sales and manufacturing revenue are recognized at the time of shipment and a
provision is made at that time for estimated future credits, chargebacks, sales discounts, and
returns. These sales provision accruals are presented as an increase in accounts payable balances.
The Company continually monitors the adequacy of the accruals by comparing the actual payments to
the estimates used in establishing the accruals. The Company ships product to customers primarily
FOB and utilizes the following criteria to determine appropriate revenue recognition: pervasive
evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, selling price is fixed and determinable
and collection is reasonably assured. Sales terms are generally 30 days.
Royalties under license agreements with third parties are recognized when earned through the sale
of the product by the licensor net of any estimated future credits, charge-backs, sales discounts
and refunds.
Inventory Adjustments
Inventories are measured at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The Company reviews the
components of inventory on a regular basis for excess, obsolete and impaired inventory based on
estimated future usage and sales. The likelihood of any material inventory write-downs is dependent
on rapid changes in customer demand or new product introductions by competitors.
Research and development expenses
The directors do not consider the development programs to be sufficiently advanced to reliably
determine the economic benefits and technical feasibility to justify capitalisation of development
costs. These costs have been recognised as an expense when incurred.
Share-based payment transactions
The Group measures the cost of equity-settled transactions with employees by reference to the fair
value of equity instruments at the date at which they are granted. The fair value is determined
using a binomial model, using the assumptions detailed in Note 10.
37
Impairments
The Group assesses impairment at each reporting date by evaluating conditions specific to the Group
that may lead to impairment of assets. Where an impairment trigger exists, the recoverable amount
of the asset is determined. Value-in-use calculations performed in assessing recoverable amounts
incorporate a number of key estimates.
Results of Operations
The following table provides a summary of revenues and expenses to supplement the more detailed
discussions below:
INCOME STATEMENTS
for the year ended June 30, 2006
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Notes |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2006 |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
A$’000 |
|
A$’000 |
|
US$’000 |
Continuing Operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
13,500 |
|
|
|
13,404 |
|
|
|
10,021 |
|
Cost of sales |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,445 |
) |
|
|
(4,666 |
) |
|
|
(4,042 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,055 |
|
|
|
8,738 |
|
|
|
5,979 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
4,738 |
|
|
|
4,274 |
|
|
|
3,517 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research & development expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12,014 |
) |
|
|
(10,217 |
) |
|
|
(8,918 |
) |
Selling & promotional expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,013 |
) |
|
|
(8,411 |
) |
|
|
(6,690 |
) |
Shipping and handling expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(556 |
) |
|
|
(444 |
) |
|
|
(413 |
) |
General and administrative expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,769 |
) |
|
|
(6,566 |
) |
|
|
(6,509 |
) |
Other Expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(301 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(223 |
) |
Finance costs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(52 |
) |
|
|
(56 |
) |
|
|
(39 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before income tax |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
(17,912 |
) |
|
|
(12,682 |
) |
|
|
(13,296 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss for the period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17,913 |
) |
|
|
(12,684 |
) |
|
|
(13,297 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss attributable to minority interest |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,693 |
|
|
|
1,152 |
|
|
|
1,257 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss attributable to members of Novogen Limited |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(16,220 |
) |
|
|
(11,532 |
) |
|
|
(12,040 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38
Operating Results – Fiscal 2006 v Fiscal 2005
Revenue
The Group earned gross revenues for the year ended June 30, 2006 of $18.2 million versus $17.7
million in the previous corresponding period, an increase of $0.5 million. The increase in revenue
was due to increased sales of the Company’s consumer products which were $13.5 million for the year
ended June 30, 2006 compared with $13.4 million for the previous year, an increase of $0.1 million
or 1%. Other income increased by $0.4 million to $4.7 million verses $4.3 million for the previous
corresponding period. The increase in Other income was mainly due to increased government grant
income through the Pharmaceutical Partnership Program and an increase of A$0.5 million in revenue
received from litigation settlements from our consumer products patent defence activities.
Total revenue, adjusted for U.S. GAAP, remained constant at A$15.9 million in fiscal 2006 and 2005.
Revenue under U.S. GAAP is reduced by certain trade promotions which are treated as discounts to
Sales Revenue. These trade promotion expenditures are treated as a marketing expense under AIFRS.
Other Revenue under U.S. GAAP is also reduced by interest revenue being recognized in Other Income
whereas under AIFRS interest income is recognized in Other Operating Revenue. See Note 24
“Differences between AIFRS and U.S. GAAP” for detailed U.S. GAAP formatted Statement of Financial
Performance.
Consumer product sales
Sales in Australasia for the year ended June 30, 2006 were $5.2 million, an increase of $0.6
million or 13% from $4.6 million for the previous year. Sales in North America were, $5.7 million,
a reduction of $0.5 million or 8% from $6.2 million for the previous year. Sales in Europe of $2.6
million for the year were up slightly by $0.1 million from $2.5 million for the previous
corresponding period.
During the financial year, the consumer business launched three new product introductions into
selected markets including Promensil Post Menopause into the U.S. market in September 2005,
Promensil After Menopause in Canada in January 2006 and a Promensil menopause test in Australia in
March 2006. These products will be launched progressively into other markets and are targeted to
augment the Promensil brand by extending the market to include an after menopause product and
menopause test to help women diagnose the symptoms of menopause.
Sales levels of our consumer products in Australia, Canada and to a lesser extent in Europe, have
continued to benefit from our targeted promotional programs. Sales in the U.S. market were affected
by the market decline in the natural menopause product market of 18%. This decline was due to
reduced advertising and sales and marketing effort across the sector and increased competition from
hormone replacement therapy (“HRT”) products which appear to be regaining some of the markets which
were
39
impacted by the recent controversies surrounding safety issues. In October 2006, the Company
licensed the U.S. rights to Promensil and Trinovin brands to Natrol, Inc. The Company will continue
to position its products as the most clinically trialled natural alternatives in the menopause
market.
Costs and Expenses
Total expenses before interest and tax increased by $5.8 million to $36.1 million for the year
ended June 30, 2006 from $30.3 million for the previous year. Cost of sales increased by $0.8
million, reflecting lower production volumes. Selling and promotional expenses increased by $0.6
million to $9.0 million. The increase was associated with the expenses incurred to fund new product
launches and to continue our targeted promotional program. Research and development expenses were
$12.0 million, an increase of $1.8 million from $10.2 million for the same period last year,
reflecting the costs associated with progressing the pre-clinical and clinical development program
including the anti-cancer program being conducted by MEI and manufacturing scale-up costs
associated with phenoxodiol. General and administrative expenses were $8.8 million an increase of
$2.2 million from $6.6 million for the same period last year. The increased costs included the
costs associated with the withdrawn registration statement for Glycotex, Inc. of $1.0 million, $0.2
million increase in share based payments to employees and consultants and increases in other
corporate costs.
Net loss
The operating loss attributable to Novogen shareholders for the fiscal year, after allowing for
losses attributable to minority interests of $1.7 million, increased by $4.7 million to $16.2
million from a loss of $11.5 million for the previous year.
The net loss from ordinary activities after income tax for the consolidated group for the year
ended June 30, 2006 increased by $5.2 million to $17.9 million from $12.7 million for the previous
year. The increase in the Company’s net loss for the year ended June 30, 2006 was due to higher
cost of goods due to reduced production volumes, higher sales and marketing expenditure, increased
research and development costs and additional administration and general expenses. The increased
loss was partly offset by an increase in sales and other revenues.
Liquidity and capital resources
The Company has continued to finance its operations from equity capital.
At June 30, 2006, the Company had cash balances of A$33.5 million, a decrease of A$13.8 million
from the previous year’s balance of A$47.3 million. Cash was used to fund the Company’s operations
including the clinical trial program for the anti-cancer drug phenoxodiol, being undertaken by MEI.
Cash resources were also used to fund the ongoing efforts in the areas of cardiovascular and
anti-inflammatory research and development. Cash was also used to supplement the cash flows from
the consumer
40
products business and general corporate purposes. At June 30, 2006 the Company held cash balances
in U.S. dollars of US$13.2 million.
Marshall Edwards, Inc. post balance date capital raising
On July 11, 2006, MEI entered into a securities purchase agreement with certain accredited
investors providing for the placement of 6,329,311 shares of its common stock and warrants
exercisable for 2,215,258 shares of its common stock at a purchase
price of US$2.90 per unit (PIPE). The
warrants have an exercise price of US$4.35 per share, subject to certain adjustments. The warrants
may be exercised no less than six months from the closing date and will expire four years from the
date of issuance, or July 11, 2010. MEI closed the private placement on July 11, 2006. In
conection with the PIPE the Company received proceeds of US$16.9 million net of US$1.5 million
commissions and other costs.
On July 11, 2006, MEI entered into a standby equity distribution agreement (SEDA), with Cornell
Capital Partners, LP. Under the SEDA, MEI may issue and sell to Cornell shares of its common stock
for a total purchase price of up to US$15 million, once a resale registration statement is in
effect. MEI has sole discretion whether and when to sell shares of its common stock to Cornell.
Cornell will be irrevocably bound to purchase shares of common stock from MEI after MEI sends a
notice that it intends to sell shares of common stock to Cornell. Each advance under the SEDA is
limited to a maximum of US$1.5 million. Management does not believe that it will access the SEDA
until 2007.
The Company invests its cash and cash equivalents in interest bearing facilities with various
maturity dates. At the end of fiscal 2006, deposits amounting to A$12.1 million had a weighted
average interest rate of 5.78% and cash deposits of A$21.4 million had a weighted average interest
rate of 3.65%.
At the end of fiscal 2006, the Company had outstanding interest bearing liabilities in the form of
lease liabilities of A$0.1 million. These leases have an average lease term of 4 years. The average
interest rate implicit in the leases is 7.75% as compared to 8.33% in fiscal 2005.
The Company has arranged finance lease facilities with St George Bank Limited, an Australian
commercial bank, of A$4.0 million, of which A$3.4 million was unused at the end of fiscal 2006.
The Company does not hedge its foreign exchange exposures. The Company, however, continues to
minimise foreign exchange risk by having international sales and marketing expenses being
denominated in local currencies. See “Item 11 Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market
Risk – Foreign Currency Risk”.
During fiscal 2006, the Company had net cash outflows from operating activities of A$14.4 million.
Included in this amount are cash receipts of A$1.5 million of interest received from invested cash
balances, A$1.3 million from the proceeds of government
41
grants being primarily the Pharmaceutical Partnerships Program grants for research and development
and A$1.2 million royalty received from ADM pursuant to a license agreement between the Company and
PTI. See “Item 4. Information on the Company- Business Overview – Clinical Developments — License
Agreements”.
It is the opinion of the Company that the current level of working capital is sufficient to meet
present requirements. There are no commitments for capital expenditure outstanding at the end of
the financial year.
Research and Development
Research and development policy
Expenditure during the research phase of a project is recognised as an expense when incurred.
Development costs are capitalised only when technical feasibility studies identify that the project
will deliver future economic benefits and these benefits can be measured reliably.
Development costs have a finite life and are amortised on a systematic basis matched to the future
economic benefits over the useful life of the project.
The Company spent A$12.0 million on gross R&D expenditure during fiscal 2006. The Company spent
A$10.2 million on gross R&D expenditure in fiscal 2005.
Due to the nature and uncertainty of the R&D projects being undertaken by the Company, it is not
possible to reasonably estimate the cost and timing of project completion. The costs of R&D
projects are not estimated on a project by project basis and to analyse costs between projects
could only be performed on an arbitrary and subjective basis.
The progress on research and development projects and expenses is monitored and controlled in a
number of ways:
| • |
|
All third party research and development
including the conduct of clinical trials
are carried out under contract. The
contract details include project
milestones and expenditure budgets. Senior
Novogen research and development staff
monitor the projects to ensure that
milestones are achieved in a timely
manner. |
| |
| • |
|
In-house research and development is
managed by the Research and Development
Director and senior research and
development staff. Budgets are prepared
annually and agreed by the Novogen Board.
Expenses are monitored monthly, actual
versus budget by expense line and in
total. |
42
Trend Information
Sales of the Company’s dietary supplements increased slightly in fiscal 2006 compared to fiscal
2005. Sales levels of our consumer products in Australia, Canada and to a lesser extent in Europe,
have continued to benefit from our targeted promotional programs. Sales in the U.S. market were
affected by the market decline in the natural menopause product market of 18%. This decline was due
to reduced advertising and sales and marketing effort across the sector and increased competition
from HRT products which appear to be regaining some of the markets which were impacted by the
recent controversies surrounding safety issues. The Company will continue to position its products
as the most clinically trialled natural alternatives in the menopause market.
The Company expects to continue its significant expenditure on research and development and the
impact on cash resources and results from operations of this expenditure will vary with the extent
and timing of the future clinical trial program. It is not possible to make accurate predictions of
future operating results.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
The Company does not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.
Table of Contractual Obligations
The following table summarizes our future payment obligation and commitments as at June 30, 2006.
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Payments due by period |
| In $000’s |
|
Total |
|
Less than 1 year |
|
1-3 years |
|
4-5 years |
|
After 5 years |
| |
Operating Leases |
|
|
1,858 |
|
|
|
427 |
|
|
|
1,367 |
|
|
|
64 |
|
|
|
— |
|
Finance Leases |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Other Expenditure Commitments * |
|
|
3,575 |
|
|
|
3,506 |
|
|
|
69 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Contractual Cash Obligations |
|
|
5,448 |
|
|
|
3,948 |
|
|
|
1,436 |
|
|
|
64 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
| * |
|
represents research and development contracts for services to be rendered. |
43
Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees.
DIRECTORS
The names and details of the Company’s Directors during the financial year and up to the date of
this report are as follows. Directors were in office for the entire period unless otherwise stated.
Mr P A Johnston (Chairman)
Mr C Naughton (Managing Director)
Professor G E Kelly (Executive Director) resigned from the Board on September 2, 2005, employment with the Company ceased
on October 30, 2006.
Professor P J Nestel
Mr P B Simpson
Dr L C Read
Mr G M Leppinus
Professor AJ Husband (Executive Director) Appointed May 23, 2006
Names, qualifications, experience and special responsibilities
Philip A Johnston Non-Executive Chairman
Dip Eng (Production)
Non-Executive Director since 1997, Mr Johnston was elected chairman of Novogen Limited with effect
from January 1, 2001. Mr Johnston has extensive experience in the pharmaceutical industry including
9 years as an Executive Director of Wellcome Australia Limited. He was previously a Director of two
subsidiary Companies of GlaxoWellcome. He has had responsibility for production, distribution,
quality assurance and consumer product development and has been directly involved in the
establishment of strategic alliances and joint ventures. He has completed a number of executive
development programs including the University of NSW and the London Business School.
During the last three years Mr Johnston has served as a director and is currently a director of the
ASX listed company, Lipa Pharmaceuticals Limited and NASDAQ listed, Novogen subsidiary, Marshall
Edwards, Inc. (MEI or Marshall Edwards)
Christopher Naughton Managing Director
BEc, LLB
Managing Director since March 1997, Mr Naughton joined Novogen in 1996 as Commercial Director. Mr
Naughton has degrees in Economics from the ANU and in Law from the UNSW. He has completed the
Program for Management Development at the Harvard Business School, and is an Attorney in New South
Wales. After working in merchant banking, he has spent the last 21 years in the pharmaceutical
industry, including appointments as a Director of Wellcome Australia Limited and in worldwide
business development with The Wellcome Foundation Limited in the U.K.
44
During the last three years Mr Naughton has served as Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and director
and is currently CEO and director for the NASDAQ listed, Novogen subsidiary, Marshall Edwards, Inc.
Professor Paul J Nestel Non-Executive Director
AO MD, FTSE, FRACP, FAHA, FCSANZ
Professor Nestel is currently a Senior Principal Research Fellow and Head of the Cardiovascular
Nutrition Laboratory at the Baker Medical Research Institute, Victoria. Professor Nestel is also a
Consultant Physician at the Alfred Hospital, Melbourne. He is president of the International Life
Sciences Institute (Australasia) and is a member of the board of directors of ILSI South East Asia.
He was formally Clinical Professor in Medicine, The Flinders University of South Australia.
Professor Nestel has been and remains a member of many national and international committees for
research and policy on cardiovascular disease. He has published over 400 scientific and medical
papers and is a Fellow of the Australian Academy of Technological Sciences and Engineering, a
Fellow of the American Heart Association and a Fellow of the Cardiac Society of Australia and New
Zealand. Professor Nestel is an Officer of the Order of Australia.
During the last three years Professor Nestel has served as a director and is currently a director
for the NASDAQ listed, Novogen subsidiary, Marshall Edwards, Inc.
Peter B Simpson Non-Executive Director
MPharm, PhC
Non-Executive Director since 1994, Mr Simpson has extensive experience in the development of
pharmaceutical products for international markets. He was Research and Development Manager with
David Bull Laboratories for 8 years prior to being appointed Chief Executive Officer of Biota
Holdings Limited in 1987. At Biota he oversaw the research and development of an effective cure for
influenza and the licensing of that discovery to Glaxo Limited. Mr Simpson is currently associated
with a wide range of biotechnology and pharmaceutical interests, predominately associated with the
conduct of late stage clinical studies and the commercialisation of Australian biomedical
discoveries.
Dr Leanna C Read Non-Executive Director
BAgSc (Hons), PhD, FTSE, FAICD
Dr Read was appointed Non-Executive Director in September 2003. Dr Read is founder and Managing
Director of TGR BioSciences Pty Ltd, an early-stage biotech company that discovers novel
therapeutics by high-throughput screening. She has 15 years of experience in leading and managing
commercially-related research organisations, including the CRC for Tissue Growth and Repair, and
the Child Health Research Institute. Dr Read holds a professorial appointment at Flinders
University and the
45
University of South Australia and has published over 90 scientific papers. Board appointments
currently include the Prime Minister’s Science, Engineering and Innovation Council and the
Australian Proteome Analysis Facility Inc. Dr Read was a member of the Industry Research and
Development Board for six years until 2002 and chaired its Biological Committee. She is a Fellow of
the Australian Academy of Technological Sciences and Engineering and has been awarded the inaugural
Biotechnology Industry Service Award.
Mr Geoffrey M Leppinus Non-Executive Director
BEc FCA
Non-Executive Director since February 2005, Mr Leppinus was, until July 2002, a Senior Audit and
Advisory partner of KPMG with over 30 years experience in professional accounting and auditing. At
KPMG he was responsible for the audit of a number of large public companies and the Australian
subsidiaries of U.S. listed public corporations. Mr Leppinus has experience in the assessment of
systems of internal control over financial reporting and the financial reporting requirements
applicable to listed public companies. He has also had a wide range of experience in conducting due
diligence for business acquisitions. Mr Leppinus has served as a member of the Australian Auditing
Standards Board and member of the State Council of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in
Australia.
Professor Alan Husband Executive Director
PhD, DSc, FASM
Professor Husband was appointed as a Director of Novogen Limited on the May 23, 2006. Professor
Husband has over 30 years experience in basic and applied scientific research and research
management. His academic research interests in immunology and pathology have been reflected in the
publication of several books and over 200 scientific papers and he currently holds a professorial
appointment at the University of Sydney. These activities in basic and applied research, coupled
with experience in the biotechnology industry, provided the foundations for his current appointment
as Group Director of Research for the Novogen group of companies, which he has held since 1996. In
this position Professor Husband is responsible for the development and commercialisation of the
Company’s flavonoid drug technology platform. During this time he has managed the scientific
discovery and clinical trial programs, including development of novel oncology, cardiovascular and
anti-inflammatory therapeutics as well as wound healing technologies.
Executive Officers’ profiles
David R. Seaton – Chief Financial Officer
B Bus KCAE, M Com UNSW, CPA
46
Mr. Seaton is a graduate in Business Studies as well as holding a Master of Commerce degree from
the University of NSW. He has completed Management Development programs at Northwestern University
in Chicago as well as at Duke University and the London Business School. He has had 20 years
experience in the pharmaceutical industry and prior to joining Novogen in 1999 was the Finance
Director of GlaxoWellcome Australia Ltd. Mr. Seaton was also Finance Director of Wellcome Australia
Limited prior to its merger with Glaxo in 1995.
In September 2005, Mr. Seaton was appointed a director and secretary of Glycotex, Inc. Mr Seaton
was appointed Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) of Glycotex, Inc. in November 2006.
Warren Lancaster – Vice President Commercial and Corporate Development
BSc, MBA
A graduate in physics as well as holding an MBA from the Australian Graduate School of Management
(Sydney), Mr. Lancaster worked as a business strategy and management consultant with an Australian
consulting firm before joining the Company in March 1997, specifically to assume the role of Vice
President- North America.
Bryan Palmer – Operations General Manager
Mr. Palmer joined Novogen in 1993. Since that time he has held a number of senior management
positions within the Company. He completed the Program for Management Development at the Harvard
Business School in 2001.
Craig Kearney – General Manager Consumer Business
BMS Waikato.
Craig Kearney joined Novogen in December 2001 as the General Manager of the Consumer Business. He
has a Bachelor of Management Studies from Waikato University in New Zealand and has subsequently
completed managerial development programmes at London School of Business and Duke University in the
U.S. He has worked 18 years in the Over The Counter (OTC) consumer pharmaceutical category
including 10 years for Wellcome New Zealand and Wellcome Australia, 6 years for Parke Davis/Warner
Lambert Australia and prior to Novogen he worked for Pfizer Australia. He held senior sales,
marketing and business management roles for all three companies.
Ronald L Erratt
FINA
Mr Erratt has been the Company Secretary of Novogen Limited since it floated on the Australian
Stock Exchange in 1994. He is also the Company Secretary for all the wholly owned subsidiaries of
Novogen. Mr Erratt has over 30 years experience in accounting and commercial roles. Prior to
joining Novogen he was the Director of Superannuation
47
Fund Administration at Towers Perrin, an international firm of Actuaries and Management
Consultants.
Compensation
Remuneration Philosophy
Remuneration is assessed for Directors and senior Executives with the overall objective of ensuring
maximum stakeholder benefit from the retention of a high quality executive team. The
appropriateness and nature of emoluments is assessed by reference to employment market conditions.
The performance criteria against which Directors and Executives are assessed have regard to the
financial and non-financial objectives of Novogen Limited, however, Directors and senior Executive
annual remuneration have no variable performance elements that are directly linked to company
performance.
Employee share option plan.
The employee share option plan provides for the issue of options to eligible employees being an
employee or Director of the Company or related company. Each option entitles its holder to acquire
one fully paid ordinary share and is exercisable at a price equal to the weighted average price of
such shares at the close of trading on the Australian Stock Exchange Limited for the five days
prior to the date of issue. Options are not transferable. The option lapses if the employee ceases
to be an employee during the vesting period. Options vest equally over a four year period from date
of grant and expire five years after grant date. There are currently 51 employees eligible for this
scheme (2005: 47)
The philosophy behind the employee share option plan is to encourage a level of ownership in the
Company by employees and align their interests with those of shareholders. The employee share
option plan is modest in scale and is principally designed to foster teamwork and the benefits of
pursuing shared goals.
The Company is a small to medium sized research organisation pursuing a significant number of
different projects where it relies on its staff being flexible in the way in which they work with
their own colleagues together with outside collaborators. The Company’s desire to capitalise on its
ability to be flexible and adapt as new information is discovered and new opportunities arise
underpins the Company’s business strategies. In this context the Company believes it is
inappropriate to have individual performance hurdles tied to share options or other variable
remuneration.
The Company believes it has a highly motivated workforce which responds better to the existing
remuneration arrangements than the more complex variable systems popular with companies trying to
engender individual competition amongst their fellow staff.
48
All Executive Directors and Executives have the opportunity to qualify for participation in the
Employee Share Option Plan after achieving a qualifying service period.
Remuneration committee
The Remuneration Committee of the Board of Directors is responsible for determining and reviewing
compensation arrangements for the Directors, the Managing Director, Executive Director and senior
Executives.
The Remuneration Committee assesses the appropriateness of the nature and amount of emoluments of
such officers on a periodic basis by reference to relevant employment market conditions with the
overall objective of ensuring maximum stakeholder benefit from the retention of a high quality
executive team.
Remuneration structure
In accordance with best practice corporate governance, the remuneration structure of Non-Executive
Directors and Executive Director and senior management are separate and distinct.
Non-Executive director remuneration
The Constitution of the Company and the ASX Listing Rules specify that the aggregate remuneration
of Non-Executive Directors shall be determined from time to time by general meeting. An amount not
exceeding the amount determined is then divided between the Directors as agreed. The latest
determination for Novogen Limited was at the Annual General Meeting held on the October 28, 2005
when the shareholders approved an aggregate remuneration of $560,000. The total Non-Executive
Director remuneration of Novogen Limited for the year ended June 30, 2006 utilised $280,000 of this
authorised amount.
The amount of aggregate remuneration sought to be approved by shareholders and the manner in which
it is apportioned amongst directors is reviewed periodically.
Each Non-Executive Director receives a fee for being a Director of the Company. An additional fee
is also paid for each board committee on which a Director sits. The payment of additional fees for
serving on a committee recognises the additional time commitment required by Non-Executive
Directors who serve on one or more sub committees.
The remuneration of Non-Executive Directors for the period ending June 30, 2006 is detailed in the
table below.
Executive and senior manager remuneration
The Remuneration Committee of the Board of Directors is responsible for determining
49
and reviewing compensation arrangements for the Managing Director, Executive Director and senior
Executives. The Remuneration Committee assesses the appropriateness of the nature and amount of
emoluments of such officers on a periodic basis by reference to relevant employment market
conditions with the overall objective of ensuring maximum stakeholder benefit from the retention of
a high quality executive team. Such officers are given the opportunity to receive their base
emolument in a variety of forms including cash and fringe benefits such as the use of motor
vehicles. It is intended that the manner of payment chosen will be optimal for the recipient
without creating undue cost for the Group.
All Executive Directors and Executives have the opportunity to qualify for participation in the
Employee Share Option Plan after achieving a qualifying service period.
The performance criteria against which Directors and Executives are assessed have regard to the
financial and non-financial objectives of Novogen Limited.
Employment contracts
It is the Remuneration Committee policy that employment agreements are entered into with the Chief
Executive Officer, the Executive Director, and each of the Executives except for the VP Commercial
and Corporate Development. The contracts for service between the Company and the CEO, Executive
Director and the Executives are for terms of three years with a notice period of six months. In the
event of the Company terminating the employment under the terms of the contract the Company shall
pay the pro-rata balance of the unexpired contract term plus an additional amount of one and one
half times the then current annual remuneration of the employee. However, the maximum payable on
termination by the Company will be three years’ remuneration. The minimum payable on termination by
the Company will be eighteen months’ remuneration. The Company may terminate the contracts at
anytime without notice if serious misconduct has occurred. Where termination with cause occurs,
there is no entitlement to termination payments under the term of the contract. On termination, any
unvested options issued under the employee share option plan are immediately forfeited.
Details of the nature and amount of each element of the emolument of each Director of Novogen
Limited and the five Executive Officers included in the Company’s senior management are as follows:
50
Director remuneration from Novogen Limited for the year ended June 30, 2006
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Post |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Short term emoluments |
|
|
Termination |
|
|
Share based payments |
|
|
Employment |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Salary |
|
|
Committee |
|
|
|
|
|
|
& similar |
|
|
Options granted |
|
|
Super- |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
and Fees |
|
|
fee |
|
|
Other |
|
|
payments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortised cost |
|
|
Remuneration |
|
|
annuation |
|
|
Total |
|
| |
|
A$ |
|
|
A$ |
|
|
A$ |
|
|
A$ |
|
|
Number *** |
|
|
A$ |
|
|
% |
|
|
A$ |
|
|
A$ |
|
PA Johnston |
|
|
63,064 |
|
|
|
14,000 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
6,936 |
|
|
|
84,000 |
|
C Naughton |
|
|
518,835 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
46,827 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
100,587 |
|
|
|
666,249 |
|
AJ Husband * |
|
|
290,766 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
41,785 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
30,436 |
|
|
|
51,281 |
|
|
|
11.9 |
% |
|
|
47,618 |
|
|
|
431,450 |
|
GE Kelly ** |
|
|
362,388 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
31,792 |
|
|
|
7,145 |
|
|
|
1.8 |
% |
|
|
32,615 |
|
|
|
402,148 |
|
PJ Nestel AO |
|
|
40,000 |
|
|
|
12,000 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
52,000 |
|
PB Simpson |
|
|
35,540 |
|
|
|
14,000 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
4,460 |
|
|
|
54,000 |
|
LC Read |
|
|
36,368 |
|
|
|
4,000 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
3,632 |
|
|
|
44,000 |
|
GM Leppinus |
|
|
25,650 |
|
|
|
6,000 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
14,350 |
|
|
|
46,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,372,611 |
|
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
|
88,612 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
62,228 |
|
|
|
58,426 |
|
|
|
3.3 |
% |
|
|
210,198 |
|
|
|
1,779,847 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| * |
|
appointed May 23, 2006 |
| |
| ** |
|
resigned September 2, 2005 |
| |
| *** |
|
options were granted while acting in capacity as Executive |
Director remuneration from Marshall Edwards for the year ended June 30, 2006
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Post |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Short term emoluments |
|
|
Termination |
|
|
Share based payments |
|
|
Employment |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
Committee |
|
|
|
|
|
|
& similar |
|
|
Options granted |
|
|
Super- |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Base fee |
|
|
fee |
|
|
Other |
|
|
payments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortised cost |
|
|
Remuneration |
|
|
annuation |
|
|
Total |
|
| |
|
A$ |
|
|
A$ |
|
|
A$ |
|
|
A$ |
|
|
Number |
|
|
A$ |
|
|
% |
|
|
A$ |
|
|
A$ |
|
PA Johnston |
|
|
27,524 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
2,476 |
|
|
|
30,000 |
|
PJ Nestel AO |
|
|
30,000 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
30,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
57,524 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
2,476 |
|
|
|
60,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Director remuneration from Glycotex for the year ended June 30, 2006
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Post |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Short term emoluments |
|
|
Termination |
|
|
Share based payments |
|
|
Employment |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
Committee |
|
|
|
|
|
|
& similar |
|
|
Options granted |
|
|
Super- |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Base fee |
|
|
fee |
|
|
Other |
|
|
payments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortised cost |
|
|
Remuneration |
|
|
annuation |
|
|
Total |
|
| |
|
A$ |
|
|
A$ |
|
|
A$ |
|
|
A$ |
|
|
Number |
|
|
A$ |
|
|
% |
|
|
A$ |
|
|
A$ |
|
PA Johnston |
|
|
39,024 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
39,024 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39,024 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
39,024 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
51
Total Directors’ remuneration for the year ended June 30, 2006
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Post |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Short term emoluments |
|
|
Termination |
|
|
Share based payments |
|
|
Employment |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Salary and |
|
|
Committee |
|
|
|
|
|
|
& similar |
|
|
Options granted |
|
|
Super- |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Fees |
|
|
fee |
|
|
Other |
|
|
payments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortised cost |
|
|
Remuneration |
|
|
annuation |
|
|
Total |
|
| |
|
A$ |
|
|
A$ |
|
|
A$ |
|
|
A$ |
|
|
Number *** |
|
|
A$ |
|
|
% |
|
|
A$ |
|
|
A$ |
|
PA Johnston |
|
|
129,612 |
|
|
|
14,000 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
9,412 |
|
|
|
153,024 |
|
C Naughton |
|
|
518,835 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
46,827 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
100,587 |
|
|
|
666,249 |
|
AJ Husband * |
|
|
290,766 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
41,785 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
30,436 |
|
|
|
51,281 |
|
|
|
11.9 |
% |
|
|
47,618 |
|
|
|
431,450 |
|
GE Kelly ** |
|
|
362,388 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
31,792 |
|
|
|
7,145 |
|
|
|
1.8 |
% |
|
|
32,615 |
|
|
|
402,148 |
|
PJ Nestel AO |
|
|
70,000 |
|
|
|
12,000 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
82,000 |
|
PB Simpson |
|
|
35,540 |
|
|
|
14,000 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
4,460 |
|
|
|
54,000 |
|
LC Read |
|
|
36,368 |
|
|
|
4,000 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
3,632 |
|
|
|
44,000 |
|
GM Leppinus |
|
|
25,650 |
|
|
|
6,000 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
14,350 |
|
|
|
46,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,469,159 |
|
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
|
88,612 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
62,228 |
|
|
|
58,426 |
|
|
|
3.1 |
% |
|
|
212,674 |
|
|
|
1,878,871 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| * |
|
appointed May 23, 2006 |
| |
| ** |
|
resigned September 2, 2005 |
| |
| *** |
|
options were granted while acting in capacity as Executive |
Compensation of the Executive Officers of the Company and the consolidated entity for the year
ended June 30, 2006
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Post |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination |
|
|
Share based payments |
|
|
Employment |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Short term emoluments |
|
|
& similar |
|
|
Options granted |
|
|
Super- |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Salary |
|
|
Other |
|
|
payments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortised cost |
|
|
Remuneration |
|
|
annuation |
|
|
Total |
|
| |
|
A$ |
|
|
A$ |
|
|
A$ |
|
|
Number |
|
|
A$ |
|
|
% |
|
|
A$ |
|
|
A$ |
|
DR Seaton |
|
|
284,916 |
|
|
|
28,976 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
30,436 |
|
|
|
51,310 |
|
|
|
12.18 |
% |
|
|
56,162 |
|
|
|
421,364 |
|
WJ Lancaster (USA) |
|
|
195,843 |
|
|
|
6,243 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
12,232 |
|
|
|
24,137 |
|
|
|
9.73 |
% |
|
|
21,956 |
|
|
|
248,179 |
|
BM Palmer |
|
|
153,085 |
|
|
|
33,239 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
16,692 |
|
|
|
28,562 |
|
|
|
12.49 |
% |
|
|
13,778 |
|
|
|
228,664 |
|
CD Kearney |
|
|
181,405 |
|
|
|
22,952 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
17,752 |
|
|
|
28,209 |
|
|
|
11.33 |
% |
|
|
16,326 |
|
|
|
248,892 |
|
RL Erratt |
|
|
149,939 |
|
|
|
26,203 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
16,520 |
|
|
|
28,381 |
|
|
|
12.11 |
% |
|
|
29,845 |
|
|
|
234,368 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
965,188 |
|
|
|
117,613 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
93,632 |
|
|
|
160,599 |
|
|
|
11.6 |
% |
|
|
138,067 |
|
|
|
1,381,467 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Executive Directors have been disclosed under Directors’ remuneration only and have been excluded
from the Executive remuneration.
Novogen’s Constitution provides that the directors who are not executive officers shall be paid an
ordinary remuneration which may not exceed the maximum amount fixed by the shareholders of the
Company in general meetings from time to time. Directors fees are higher for the role of Company
Chairman.
No Director has received or become entitled to receive, during or since the end of the fiscal year,
a benefit because of a contract made by Novogen Limited, a controlled entity, or a related body
corporate with a Director, a firm of which a Director is a member or an entity in which a Director
has a substantial financial interest.
Executives are those directly accountable and responsible for the operational management and
strategic direction of the Company and its consolidated entities and include the Company Secretary.
52
PA Johnston and PJ Nestel are also directors of Marshall Edwards, Inc. and receive remuneration in
the form of director’s fees of $30,000 per annum. PA Johnston is also a director of Glycotex, Inc.
and receives directors fees of US$50,000 per annum. These amounts have been separately identified
and included in the table above.
The elements of emoluments have been determined on the basis of the cost to the Company and the
consolidated entity.
The Company has adopted the fair value measurement provisions of Australian Accounting Standard,
AASB 1046 “Director and Executive Disclosures for Disclosing Entities” prospectively for all
options granted to Directors and relevant Executives, which had not vested at July 1, 2003. The
fair value of such grants being amortised are disclosed as part of Director and Executive
emoluments on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. No adjustments have been made or will
be made to reverse amounts in relation to options that never vest (i.e. forfeitures).
Options granted as part of Director and Executive emoluments have been valued using the binomial
option pricing model, which takes account of factors including the option exercise price, the
volatility of the underlying share price, the risk free interest rate, expected dividends, the
current market price of the underlying share and the expected life of the option.
Fair values of options:
The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using a binomial option-pricing
model with the following assumptions used for grants made on:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
April 21, |
|
|
March 16, |
|
|
February 27, |
|
|
November 29, |
|
| |
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2002 |
|
Dividend yield |
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
0 |
% |
Expected volatility |
|
|
66 |
% |
|
|
69 |
% |
|
|
69 |
% |
|
|
68 |
% |
Historical volatility |
|
|
66 |
% |
|
|
69 |
% |
|
|
69 |
% |
|
|
68 |
% |
Risk-free interest rate |
|
|
5.62 |
% |
|
|
5.67 |
% |
|
|
5.52 |
% |
|
|
5.27 |
% |
Expected life of option |
|
5 years |
|
5 years |
|
5 years |
|
5 years |
Option fair value |
|
|
2.10 |
|
|
2.96 |
|
|
2.82 |
|
|
1.26 |
The dividend yield reflects the assumption that the current dividend payout, which is zero,
will continue with no anticipated increases. The expected life of the options is based on
historical data and is not necessarily indicative of exercise patterns that may occur. The expected
volatility reflects the assumption that the historical volatility is indicative of future trends,
which may also not necessarily be the actual outcome.
Further detail on the remuneration of Directors and Executives are also provided in Note 20.
53
Arrangements and Relationships
There are no arrangements (other than standard employment remuneration arrangements) by which any
Director or Executive Officer was appointed to his position. There are no family relationships
between any of the Directors or Executive Officers.
Pension Benefits
The Company has paid A$735,000 during fiscal 2006 for employee superannuation benefits and pension
benefits.
Board Practices
Novogen Board of Directors
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
Year First |
|
Current Term |
| Name |
|
Postion Held |
|
Appointed |
|
Expires |
P A Johnston |
|
Chairman |
|
1997 |
|
October-2009 |
C Naughton |
|
Managing Director |
|
1997 |
|
— |
*G E Kelly |
|
Executive Director |
|
1994 |
|
— |
P B Simpson |
|
Director |
|
1994 |
|
October-2009 |
P J Nestel |
|
Director |
|
2001 |
|
October-2009 |
L C Read |
|
Director |
|
2003 |
|
October-2008 |
G M Leppinus |
|
Director |
|
2005 |
|
October-2008 |
**A J Husband |
|
Executive Director |
|
2006 |
|
October-2009 |
|
|
|
| * |
|
Professor Kelly resigned from the board of Novogen Limited on September 2, 2005. |
| |
| ** |
|
Professor Husband was appointed to the board on May 23, 2006 |
Term of Directors
The term for each director (excluding the Managing Director) is three years at which time that
director retires from office and offers himself/herself for re-election at the next annual general
meeting. For more information about the term and details of the Managing Director’s term refer to
the Employment contract attached.
The Board has the power to appoint any person to be a director either to fill a casual vacancy or
as an additional director (up to a maximum of 10). Any director so appointed may hold office only
until the next annual general meeting when he or she shall be eligible for election.
Board of Directors
The Novogen Limited Board of Directors is elected by and accountable to shareholders.
54
It monitors
and directs the business and is responsible for the corporate governance of the Company.
Responsibility for managing the development of the Company consistent with the objective of
enhancing long term shareholder value is with the Managing Director, who is accountable to the
Board.
Since May 23, 2006, the Board has been comprised of seven Directors of whom five are non-executive
Directors. In addition the Board has established the following Committees — Audit, Remuneration,
and Capital Works Committees.
There are also Scientific Advisory Boards whose membership includes the Executive Director which
advises on clinical and scientific strategy and direction.
Structure of the Board of Directors
The skills, expertise and experience relevant to the position of director held by each director in
office at the date of this annual report is included in Item 6 beginning on page 44. Directors are
considered to be independent when they are independent of management and free from any business or
other relationship that could materially interfere with, or could reasonably be perceived to
materially interfere with, the exercise of their unfettered and independent judgement.
In the context of director independence, “materiality” is considered from both the Company and
individual director perspective. In determining whether a non-executive director is independent,
they must not hold more than 5% of the Company’s outstanding shares. Also, qualitative factors are
considered, including not having been employed as an Executive within the last three years, not
been a principal of a material professional advisor or consultant, not have a material contractual
relationship with the Company, not served on the Board for a period which could be perceived to
interfere with their ability to act in the best interests of the Company or engaged in any business
interests which could be perceived to interfere with their ability to act in the best interests of
the Company.
In accordance with the definition of independence above, and the materiality thresholds set, the
following Directors of Novogen Limited are considered to be independent:
| |
|
|
| Name |
|
Position |
|
|
|
P A Johnston
|
|
Non-Executive Chairman |
Professor P J Nestel AO
|
|
Non-Executive Director |
P B Simpson
|
|
Non-Executive Director |
Dr L C Read
|
|
Non-Executive Director |
G M Leppinus
|
|
Non-Executive Director |
There are procedures in place, agreed upon by the Board, to enable Directors in the furtherance of
their duties, to seek independent professional advice at the Company’s expense.
55
For additional details regarding Board appointments please refer to the Company’s web site.
Audit Committee
The Board has an Audit Committee, which operates under a charter approved by the Board. It is the
Board’s responsibility to ensure that an effective internal control framework exists within the
Group. This includes internal controls to deal with both the effectiveness and efficiency of
significant business processes, the safeguarding of assets, the maintenance of proper accounting
records and the reliability of financial information as well as non-financial considerations such
as bench marking of operational key performance indicators. The Board has delegated the
responsibility for the establishment and maintenance of a framework of internal control and ethical
standards for the management of the consolidated entity to the Audit Committee.
The Committee also provides the Board with additional assurance regarding the reliability of
financial information for inclusion in the financial reports. All members of the Audit Committee
are independent Non-executive Directors. The members of the Audit Committee during the year were
Geoffrey Leppinus (Chairman), Paul Nestel, Philip Johnston, Leanna Read and Peter Simpson.
Performance
The performance of the Board and the key Executives is reviewed regularly against both measurable
and qualitative indicators. During the reporting period the Board conducted a performance
evaluation which involved the assessment of each Board member’s and key Executive’s performance.
The performance criteria against which Directors and Executives are assessed have regard to the
financial and non-financial objectives of Novogen Limited.
Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee of the Board of Directors is responsible for determining and reviewing
compensation arrangements for the Directors, the Managing Director, Executive Director and senior
Executives.
The Remuneration Committee assesses the appropriateness of the nature and amount of emoluments of
such officers on a periodic basis by reference to relevant employment market conditions with the
overall objective of ensuring maximum stakeholder benefit from the retention of a high quality
executive team.
56
Capital Works Committee
The Capital Works Committee reviews capital investment proposals, assesses the project tenders and
reviews progress against timetables and cost estimates. The Capital Works Committee comprises
Philip Johnston (Chairman), Peter Simpson, Paul Nestel AO and Christopher Naughton.
There were no major capital works undertaken by the Company in the financial year.
Nomination Committee
The duties and responsibility typically delegated to such a committee are included in the
responsibilities of the entire Board. Accordingly, during the year ended June 30, 2006, Novogen
Limited did not have a separately established Nomination Committee. The Board does not believe that
any marked efficiencies or enhancements would be achieved by the creation of a separate Nomination
Committee.
Employees
The Company employed 67 people at June 30, 2006 as follows (June 30, 2005 : 74 people June 30, 2004
: 66).
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Category of Activity |
|
Number of People |
| |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
| |
|
|
Research and development |
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
19 |
|
Production |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
Sales and marketing |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
Finance and administration |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
67 |
|
|
|
74 |
|
|
|
66 |
|
| |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Geographic Location |
|
Number of People |
| |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
| |
|
|
Australasia |
|
|
63 |
|
|
|
65 |
|
|
|
54 |
|
North America |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
Europe |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
67 |
|
|
|
74 |
|
|
|
66 |
|
| |
|
|
57
Share Ownership
Directors’ holdings of shares and options in the Company
The table below shows the number of ordinary shares and options to purchase ordinary shares held
directly or indirectly by the Directors of the Company as of October 31, 2006.
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Ordinary |
|
|
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Shares Fully |
|
|
Total Shares |
|
|
Number |
|
|
Exercise |
|
|
Expiry |
|
| |
|
Paid |
|
|
on Issue |
|
|
Outstanding |
|
|
Price |
|
|
Date |
|
P A Johnston |
|
|
48,594 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
C Naughton |
|
|
633,511 |
|
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
A J Husband |
|
|
102,920 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
38,256 |
|
|
|
2.10 |
|
|
|
30/11/2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,892 |
|
|
|
6.76 |
|
|
|
27/02/2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,592 |
|
|
|
4.90 |
|
|
|
16/03/2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,436 |
|
|
|
3.64 |
|
|
|
21/04/2011 |
|
P J Nestel |
|
|
32,000 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
P B Simpson |
|
|
500 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
L C Read |
|
|
2,000 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
58
The tables below shows the number of ordinary shares and options to purchase ordinary shares
held directly or indirectly by the named Executives of the Company as of October 31, 2006.
Shares held
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Ordinary |
|
|
% |
|
| |
|
shares fully |
|
|
Total shares |
|
| |
|
paid |
|
|
on issue |
|
GE Kelly |
|
|
7,810,152 |
|
|
|
8.0 |
|
DR Seaton |
|
|
37,378 |
|
|
|
— |
|
WJ Lancaster (USA) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
BM Palmer |
|
|
205,636 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
CD Kearney |
|
|
8,850 |
|
|
|
— |
|
RL Erratt |
|
|
232,368 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
Options granted to and held by named Executives
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
Eligible |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Total |
|
|
executives |
|
Exercise |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| options |
|
|
participating |
|
price |
|
|
Grant date |
|
|
Expiry date |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
(A$) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
116,286 |
|
|
5 |
|
|
2.10 |
|
|
|
30/11/2002 |
|
|
|
30/11/2007 |
|
| |
47,332 |
|
|
5 |
|
|
6.76 |
|
|
|
27/02/2004 |
|
|
|
27/02/2009 |
|
| |
69,560 |
|
|
5 |
|
|
4.90 |
|
|
|
16/03/2005 |
|
|
|
16/03/2010 |
|
| |
125,424 |
|
|
6 |
|
|
3.64 |
|
|
|
21/04/2006 |
|
|
|
21/04/2011 |
|
Each option represents the right to purchase one ordinary share.
Exemptions from Certain Nasdaq Corporate Governance Rules
Exemptions from the Nasdaq corporate governance standards are available to foreign private issuers
such as Novogen when those standards are contrary to a law, rule or regulation of any public
authority exercising jurisdiction over such issuer or contrary to generally accepted business
practices in the issuer’s country of domicile. In connection with Novogen’s National Market Listing
Application, Nasdaq granted Novogen exemptions from certain corporate governance standards that
were contrary to the laws, rules, regulations or generally accepted business practices of
Australia. These exemptions and the practices followed by Novogen are described below:
59
| • |
|
Novogen is exempt from Nasdaq’s quorum requirements applicable to meetings of ordinary
shareholders. In keeping with the law of Australia and generally accepted business practices
in Australia, Novogen’s Constitution (formerly known
as the Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association) requires a quorum
of three shareholders for a shareholders’ meeting. |
| |
| • |
|
Novogen is exempt from Nasdaq’s requirement that each
Nasdaq issuer shall require shareholder approval of a
plan or arrangement in connection with the
acquisition of the stock or assets of another company
if “any director, officer or substantial shareholder
of the issuer has a 5 percent or greater interest (or
such persons collectively have a 10 percent or
greater interest), directly or indirectly, in the
Company or assets to be acquired or in the
consideration to be paid in the transaction or series
of related transactions and the present or potential
issuance of common stock, or securities convertible
into or exercisable for common stock, could result in
an increase in outstanding common shares or voting
power of 5 percent or more”. |
Novogen is listed on the Australian Stock Exchange (ASX) and subject to chapter 10 of the ASX
Listing rules which requires shareholder approval for an acquisition from or disposal to a “related
party” (including a director) or “substantial shareholder” (who is entitled to at least 10% of the
voting securities) of “substantial assets”. The Australian Corporations Act to which Novogen is
also subject generally requires shareholder approval for a transaction with a director or
director-controlled entity unless on arm’s length terms.
60
Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions
Major Shareholders
The names of the major shareholders known to the Company are as follows at October 31, 2006
Bende Holdings Pty Ltd — holding 6,299,638 Ordinary Shares representing 6.5% of the outstanding
Ordinary Shares. Bende Holdings Pty Ltd is a company controlled by Professor Graham E. Kelly.
Oppenheimer Funds Inc — holding 13,462,783 Ordinary Shares representing 13.8% of the outstanding
Ordinary Shares.
Josiah T. Austin and El Coronado Holdings, LLC (beneficially owned by Mr Austin) — holding
8,719,100 Ordinary Shares representing 8.9% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares.
The major shareholders do not have any different voting rights than other shareholders of the
Company. Josiah T. Austin and El Coronado Holdings have become a significant shareholder during the
year. There have been no other significant changes to the shareholding of the known major
shareholders over the last three years.
At October 31, 2006 there were 8,057,381 ADRs outstanding, representing 40,286,905 Ordinary Shares
(or 41.3% of the then outstanding Ordinary Shares). At October 31, 2006 there were 37 registered
holders of Novogen ADRs.
61
Item 8. Financial Information
Consolidated financial statements are included in “Item 18 — Financial Statements” on pages 80
through 138.
Export Sales
Export sales to third parties from Australia are not a significant portion of total sales. The
details of sales by geographic region are contained in “Item 4 — “Information on the Company”.
Legal Proceedings
On August 11, 2006, Camellia Properties Pty Limited initiated proceedings against the Company,
claiming damages of $5,161,487 in connection with terminated negotiations of a commercial property
lease. The Directors are of the view that the basis of the claim is without foundation and the
Directors are obtaining legal advice with the intention of vigorously defending the claim.
Dividends
The Company has incurred losses since its inception and as a result has not declared any dividends.
Any dividends declared in the future will be paid in Australian dollars.
Significant Changes
Since the date of the consolidated financial statements, the Company has announced that it has
licensed the U.S. rights to the Promensil and Trinovin brands to Natrol, Inc. No other significant
change has occurred since the date of the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual
Report.
62
Item 9. Offer and Listing Details
Trading Markets
The principal listing of Novogen and quotation of its Ordinary Shares and listed options to
purchase Ordinary Shares is on the Australian Stock Exchange (“ASX”). The trading symbol on ASX is
“NRT”.
American Depositary Receipts
Novogen’s Ordinary Shares trade in the U.S. in the form of ADRs on the Nasdaq Global Market. Each
ADR represents five ordinary Novogen shares. The trading symbol on Nasdaq is “NVGN”. Novogen has
entered into a Deposit Agreement with the Bank of New York under which the Bank of New York, acting
as depositary, issues the ADRs.
The following table sets forth, for the calendar periods indicated, the high and low market
quotations for Novogen’s Ordinary Shares, as quoted on the ASX, and Novogen’s ADRs, as quoted on
the Nasdaq.
63
NOVOGEN LIMITED SHARE PRICE HISTORY
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Period |
|
Per Ordinary Share (A$) |
|
|
Per ADR (US$) |
|
| |
|
High |
|
|
Low |
|
|
High |
|
|
Low |
|
Year Ended |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 2002 |
|
|
3.34 |
|
|
|
0.83 |
|
|
|
10.50 |
|
|
|
1.98 |
|
June 2003 |
|
|
5.59 |
|
|
|
1.18 |
|
|
|
19.59 |
|
|
|
3.15 |
|
June 2004 |
|
|
8.80 |
|
|
|
4.00 |
|
|
|
31.90 |
|
|
|
12.30 |
|
June 2005 |
|
|
6.25 |
|
|
|
4.15 |
|
|
|
24.35 |
|
|
|
14.85 |
|
June 2006 |
|
|
6.00 |
|
|
|
2.14 |
|
|
|
22.08 |
|
|
|
8.03 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 2004 |
|
|
6.25 |
|
|
|
4.54 |
|
|
|
24.35 |
|
|
|
17.44 |
|
March 2005 |
|
|
5.76 |
|
|
|
4.65 |
|
|
|
22.94 |
|
|
|
18.15 |
|
June 2005 |
|
|
5.98 |
|
|
|
4.35 |
|
|
|
23.55 |
|
|
|
17.01 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 2005 |
|
|
5.22 |
|
|
|
4.46 |
|
|
|
20.18 |
|
|
|
17.68 |
|
December 2005 |
|
|
6.00 |
|
|
|
4.66 |
|
|
|
22.08 |
|
|
|
17.20 |
|
March 2006 |
|
|
5.05 |
|
|
|
3.30 |
|
|
|
18.41 |
|
|
|
11.62 |
|
June 2006 |
|
|
4.04 |
|
|
|
2.14 |
|
|
|
14.49 |
|
|
|
8.03 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 2006 |
|
|
3.80 |
|
|
|
2.40 |
|
|
|
13.25 |
|
|
|
9.10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Month Ended |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
May 2006 |
|
|
3.66 |
|
|
|
2.53 |
|
|
|
13.91 |
|
|
|
9.50 |
|
June 2006 |
|
|
2.90 |
|
|
|
2.14 |
|
|
|
11.08 |
|
|
|
8.03 |
|
July 2006 |
|
|
3.80 |
|
|
|
2.48 |
|
|
|
13.25 |
|
|
|
9.46 |
|
August 2006 |
|
|
3.03 |
|
|
|
2.44 |
|
|
|
11.60 |
|
|
|
9.51 |
|
September 2006 |
|
|
3.20 |
|
|
|
2.40 |
|
|
|
11.95 |
|
|
|
9.10 |
|
October 2006 |
|
|
3.01 |
|
|
|
2.61 |
|
|
|
11.58 |
|
|
|
9.92 |
|
64
Item 10. Additional Information
Memorandum and Articles of Association
The Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association are incorporated by reference to the
Registration Statement on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on December 24, 1998 (File No. 0-29962).
Material Contracts
The Company has entered into employment agreements with Christopher Naughton, the Company’s Chief
Executive Officer, Professor Alan Husband, the Company’s Research and Development Director, Ronald
Erratt, the Company’s Secretary, David Seaton, the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, Professor
Graham Kelly, the Company’s Phenoxodiol Program Director, Bryan Palmer, the Company’s Operations
General Manager and Craig Kearney, the Company’s General Manager Consumer Business. These
employment agreements are filed as exhibits to this Annual Report.
Effective October 30, 2006, Professor Kelly’s employment with the Company ceased and as a result,
he is no longer the Company’s Phenoxodiol Program Director.
There have been no other material contracts entered into in the last two years by the Company or
any of its subsidiaries other than in the normal course of business.
Exchange Controls
Australia has largely abolished exchange controls on investment transactions. The Australian dollar
is freely convertible into U.S. dollars. In addition, (other than as specified under “taxation”
below and certain restrictions imposed under Australian law in relation to dealings with the assets
of and transactions with, designated countries, entities and persons specified by the Reserve Bank
of Australia from time to time, including, persons connected with terrorism) there are currently no
specific rules or limitations regarding the export from Australia of profits, dividends, capital,
or similar funds belonging to foreign investors, except that certain payments to non-residents must
be reported to the Australian Transaction Reports and Analysis Centre, which monitors such
transactions. However, as mentioned above, the Reserve Bank of Australia does retain discretion to
prevent foreign exchange dealings in certain circumstances under the Australian Banking (Foreign
Exchange) Regulations 1959.
Under Australian law, foreign persons are prohibited from acquiring more than a limited percentage
of the shares in an Australian company without approval from the Australian Treasurer or in certain
other limited circumstances. These limitations are set forth in the Australian Foreign Acquisitions
and Takeovers Act 1975 (the “Foreign Takeovers Act”).
Under the Foreign Takeovers Act, as currently in effect, any foreign person, together with
associates, is prohibited from acquiring, without prior approval from the Australian Treasurer, 15%
or more of the outstanding shares of an entity such as Novogen, whose gross assets exceed A$50
million, unless the person is a U.S. investor, in which case a threshold of A$831 million rather
than A$50 million threshold applies. Where an acquisition is made in breach of these requirements,
the Australian Treasurer may make an order requiring the acquirer to dispose of those shares within
a specified period of
65
time. In addition, if a foreign person acquires shares in Novogen in circumstances where the above
thresholds would be exceeded and as a result the total holdings of all foreign persons and their
associates exceeds 40% in aggregate without the approval of the Australian Treasurer, then the
Australian Treasurer may make an order requiring the acquirer to dispose of those shares within a
specified time. The same rule applies if the total holdings of all foreign persons and their
associates already exceeds 40% and a foreign person (or its associate) acquires any further shares,
including in the course of trading in the secondary market of the ADRs.
Under the current Australian foreign investment policy, it is unlikely that the Australian
Treasurer would make such an order in relation to an acquisition that contravenes the Foreign
Takeovers Act where the level of foreign ownership exceeds 40% in the ordinary course of trading,
unless the Australian Treasurer is satisfied that the acquisition is contrary to the national
interest. The Foreign Takeovers Act allows foreign persons to seek prior approval of acquisitions
of Novogen shares which could otherwise result in the Australian Treasurer making an order
requiring the foreign person to dispose of the shares.
If a foreign person holds more than 15% of the shares of Novogen or if the level of aggregate
foreign ownership of Novogen exceeds 40% at any time, Novogen would be considered a foreign person
under the Foreign Takeovers Act. In such event, Novogen would be required to obtain the approval of
the Australian Treasurer for Novogen, together with its associates, to acquire: (i) more than 15%
of an Australian company or business with assets totaling over A$50 million; or (ii) any direct or
indirect ownership interest in Australian urban land. However, as mentioned above, proposals by
U.S. investors for investment in non-sensitive sectors do not require notification to the
Australian Treasurer or the Australian Treasurer’s approval unless the amount to be invested or the
value of the target Australian company or business exceeds A$831 million.
The percentage of foreign ownership of Novogen would also be included in determining the foreign
ownership of any Australian company or business in which it may choose to invest. Novogen has no
current plans for any such acquisitions and the Company only owns commercial property which falls
within the exceptions to the prohibition on acquiring Australian urban land. The Company’s
Constitution does not contain any additional limitations on a non-resident’s right to hold or vote
the Company’s securities.
Taxation
The following discussion is a summary of the Australian taxes generally applicable to U.S. Holders
of ADRs. For the purposes of this discussion, “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of ADRs who:
(a) for U.S. federal income tax purposes is a U.S. resident, a U.S. citizen, a domestic
corporation, a domestic partnership, or a non-foreign estate or trust; and
(b) has not owned, at any time directly, indirectly or constructively, 10% or more of the voting
stock of the Company.
Prospective investors are urged to consult their own tax advisers regarding the U.S. and Australian
tax consequences of owning and disposing of Ordinary Shares and ADRs,
66
including in relation to state and local tax laws. Further, prospective investors who are residents
of jurisdictions other than the U.S. should consult their tax advisers as to the tax consequences
of investing in the ADRs or shares under the laws of their jurisdictions of residence.
This taxation discussion is intended only as a descriptive summary and does not purport to be a
complete technical analysis or listing of all potential tax effects to U.S. Holders, and does not
address the Australian taxes applicable to special classes of U.S. Holders. Except as otherwise
noted, the statements of Australian tax laws set out below are based on the laws as of the date of
this Annual Report, including the bilateral taxation convention between Australia and the U.S. (the
“Treaty”) and are subject to any changes in law occurring after that date.
Distributions
Under Australian law, non-residents may be subject to withholding tax in respect of dividends
received on shares in Australian companies.
In accordance with the Treaty, dividends derived by a non-resident of Australia who is a resident
of the U.S. for the purposes of Treaty may be taxed on those dividends in Australia, but such
withholding tax is limited to 15% of the gross amount of dividends unless the dividend is derived
by a non-resident who has or is deemed to have a permanent establishment in Australia. In this
case, the non-resident may be taxed at the rate applicable to them. Some U.S. residents may be
entitled to a withholding rate of 5% if they hold at least 10% of the voting power of the
Australian company.
In some instances withholding tax may not apply. Under the Australian dividend imputation system,
to the extent that dividends are paid out of income on which Australian income tax has been levied,
such dividends are considered as “franked” dividends to that same extent. Non-resident shareholders
are exempt from dividend withholding tax in respect of the franked portions of the dividends
received.
Under the conduit foreign income rules, the unfranked portion of a dividend paid to a non-resident
of Australia is not subject to withholding tax if the unfranked amount is sourced from certain
foreign source income earned by the Australian company on which foreign tax has been paid.
Dispositions
Upon disposal of shares or ADRs, a capital gain or a capital loss may be made. A capital gain is
calculated as the difference between the disposal proceeds and the cost base of the shares or ADRs.
Broadly, the cost base is the total of the amount paid for the shares or ADRs plus acquisition
and/or disposal costs (such as brokerage or stamp duty).
Australian capital gains tax (CGT) is payable by non-residents on gains made on the disposal of
assets which have the necessary connection with Australia. There is currently a proposal to remove
most shares from this category, but the legislation implementing this proposal has not been
enacted.
Non-residents of Australia who do not hold and have not at any time in the five years preceding the
date of disposal held (for their own account or together or together with
67
associates) 10% or more of the issued share capital of a listed public Australian company are not
liable for CGT on the disposal of shares or ADRs of such a company as such assets will not have the
“necessary connection” with Australia.
However, shares or ADRs will have the necessary connection with Australia and the disposal of such
shares or ADRs will be subject to capital gains tax if they have at any time been used by a
taxpayer in carrying on a business through a permanent establishment in Australia.
If the shares or ADRs were acquired before 11:45 am on September 21, 1999 the cost base may be
indexed for inflation up to September 30, 1999. For a Holder to whom the CGT discount applies (see
below), indexation will only apply if the Holder elects to use indexation instead of the discount.
Indexation will not be available if the shares or ADRs were acquired after 11:45 am on September
21, 1999 and will effectively only be relevant if the shares were acquired before July 1, 1999.
Holders who are individuals or who hold shares or ADRs directly through trusts may be eligible to
have their capital gain (after applying any capital losses against it) discounted if they have held
their shares or ADRs for at least 12 months. The CGT discount is 50%. If the shares or ADRs were
acquired before 11:45 am on September 21, 1999, such Holders may choose whether to calculate their
capital gain using indexation frozen at September 21, 1999 or by applying the CGT discount without
indexation. If the shares or ADRs were acquired after 11:45 am on September 21, 1999, it will not
be possible to elect to apply indexation and such Holders will be entitled to the CGT discount if
they have held the shares or ADRs for at least 12 months. Companies are not entitled to the CGT
discount.
A capital loss will be made if the disposal proceeds are less than the reduced cost base. Broadly,
the reduced cost base will be calculated in a similar way to the cost base, however, the reduced
cost base is calculated without indexation. Capital losses can only be offset against capital gains
realised in the same year or in later years.
Non-residents of Australia who are subject to Australian tax on capital gains made on the disposal
of shares or ADRs are required to file an Australian income tax return for the year in which the
disposal occurs.
Non-residents who are securities dealers or in whose hands a profit on disposal of ADRs or shares
is regarded as ordinary income and not as a capital gain (such ADRs and shares are referred to as
“revenue assets”) will be subject to Australian income tax on Australian source profits arising on
the disposal of the ADRs or shares, without indexation or discount, unless such profits are exempt
from Australian tax under the Treaty. The profits will not be subject to tax in Australia unless
the profits are attributable to the carrying on of a business through a permanent establishment of
the non-resident in Australia. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisers as to
whether the ADRs or shares are revenue assets as such a conclusion depends on the particular facts
and circumstances of the individual investor concerned.
Non-residents with no taxable capital gains or income from sources in Australia other than
dividends with respect to the shares or ADRs are not required to file an Australian income tax
return.
68
Estate and Gift Tax
Australia does not impose any estate, inheritance or gift taxes. Therefore, no Australian estate
tax, inheritance tax or gift tax will be imposed on the death of, or upon a lifetime gift by, a
U.S. shareholder. However, the transfer by a U.S. resident of ordinary shares or ADRs by way of
gift or upon death may have Australian income tax and stamp duty implications.
Documents on Display
The Company is subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (the “Exchange Act”) that are applicable to a foreign private issuer. Under the Exchange
Act, the Company is required to file periodic reports and other information with the SEC. These
materials, including this Annual Report and the exhibits hereto, may be inspected without charge
and copied at established rates at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 450
Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C., 20549, and at the SEC’s regional offices located at Suite
1400, Northwest Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Chicago, Illinois, 60661-2551 and 233
Broadway, New York, New York 10279. For more information on the public reference rooms, call the
Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330.
69
Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.
Interest Rate Risk
The Company has cash reserves and places funds on deposit with financial institutions for periods
generally not exceeding three months.
The Company does not use derivative financial instruments. The Company places its deposits with
high credit quality financial institutions, and, by policy, limits the amount of credit exposure to
any single counter-party. The Company is averse to principal loss and ensures the safety and
preservation of its invested funds by limiting default risk, market risk, and reinvestment risk.
The Company mitigates default risk by depositing funds with only the safest and highest credit
quality financial institutions and by constantly positioning its portfolio to respond appropriately
to a significant reduction in a credit rating of any financial institution.
The Company has no interest rate exposure due to rate changes for long-term debt obligations
because all of the Company’s long-term borrowings relate to lease agreements that contain fixed
rates of interest. The Company primarily enters into debt obligations to support general corporate
purposes including capital expenditures and working capital needs.
The Company does not consider the effects of interest rate movements to be a material risk to its
financial condition.
Foreign Currency Risk
The Company conducts a portion of its business in various foreign currencies, primarily in the U.S.
and the U.K.. As of June 30, 2006, the Company had not established a foreign currency hedging
program. The Company has mitigated and will continue to mitigate a portion of its currency exposure
through international sales, marketing and support operations in which all costs are local currency
based. Net foreign currency gains in fiscal year 2006 were A$112,000 compared with net foreign
currency losses of A$325,000 in fiscal year 2005.
The Company does not consider the effects of foreign currency movements to be a material risk to
its financial condition.
Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities
Item 12 details are not required to be disclosed as part of the Annual Report.
70
PART II
Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies
This item is not applicable.
Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders
and the Use of Proceeds
This item is not applicable.
Item 15. Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
At the end of the period covered by this report, the Company’s management, with the participation
of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness
of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended). Based on that evaluation, the Company’s
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Company’s disclosure
controls and procedures are effective to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by
the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 were
recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules
and forms.
The removal of the identified weakness in internal control over financial reporting and in
disclosure controls which was identified and reported in prior filings is described below under the
heading “Changes in Internal Controls”.
Changes in Internal Controls
In 2004, the Company determined that the personnel and management who perform the accounting and
financial reporting functions were not sufficiently expert in U.S. GAAP and the requirements of the
SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and that this lack of expertise represented a
material weakness in the operation of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
In addition, the Company concluded that its system of financial reporting was not designed to
prepare financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP and that its system of internal control,
in particular the processes to review and analyze elements of the financial statement close process
and prepare consolidated financial statements in
71
accordance with U.S. GAAP, had not reduced to a relatively low level the risk that errors in
amounts that would be material in relation to those financial statements may occur and may not be
detected within a timely period by management in the normal course of business.
The Company has developed a plan that is designed to ensure that the preparation of its
consolidated financial statements, including the processes to review and analyze elements of its
financial statement close process, is in accordance with U.S. GAAP and that relevant information
about U.S. GAAP, SEC financial reporting requirements, and the requirements of the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board is available to those persons involved in the process by which our
financial statements are prepared. Specifically the plan provides for additional resources and
further training of the Novogen accounting team including:
| |
1) |
|
the employment of additional accounting staff which will enable senior finance staff
responsible for the preparation of U.S. GAAP financial reports to spend more time dealing
with U.S. GAAP reporting issues; |
| |
| |
2) |
|
increasing the level of attendance at targeted U.S. GAAP and SEC reporting courses
by senior finance staff responsible for the preparation of U.S. GAAP financial reports and
SEC disclosure; and |
| |
| |
3) |
|
subscribing to additional information networks that provide publications and updates
of SEC and U.S. GAAP releases and rule changes and of information about the requirements
of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. |
Progress on the implementation of the Company’s plan to address the material weakness.
Prior to the period covered by this report, the Company had made significant progress in
implementing its plan to address the identified material weakness. However, as of the end of such
prior reporting periods it was not satisfied that it had fully addressed the issues underlying the
material weakness
During the period covered by this report, the Company finalized its procedures in addressing the
material weakness and now believes that it has adopted processes that are designed to ensure that
the preparation of consolidated financial statements, including the processes to review and analyze
elements of the financial statement close process, is in accordance with U.S. GAAP and that
relevant information about U.S. GAAP, SEC financial reporting requirements and the requirements of
the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board is available to those persons involved in the process
by which the financial statements are prepared. As a result, the Company has re-assessed the
effectiveness of its disclosure controls and procedures and having allowed a period of time to
determine the effectiveness of additional controls and procedures, now believes that the weakness
in internal accounting control as described above has been eliminated.
The changes that have been made to the Company’s internal control procedures have occurred
gradually over time. Therefore, during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006,
72
there has been no change in internal control over reporting that has materially affected or is
reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.
Item 16. Reserved
Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert
The Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Geoffrey Leppinus, qualifies as an “audit committee
financial expert” as that term is defined in Item 16A of Form 20-F. Mr. Geoffrey Leppinus meets the
independence requirements of the Nasdaq Global Market and SEC rules and regulations.
Item 16B. Code of Ethics
The Company has adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to all its employees, officers and directors,
including its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and persons performing similar
functions. A copy of the Code of Ethics is posted in the “About Novogen — Corporate Governance”
section of the Novogen Limited website, and may be viewed at http://www.novogen.com. If the Company
makes any substantive amendment, to the Code of Ethics or grants any waiver, including an implicit
waiver, from a provision of the Code of Ethics to Directors or Executive officers, it will disclose
the nature of such amendment or waiver on the Company’s website.
Item 16C. Principal Accounting Fees and Services
BDO has audited the Company’s annual financial statements acting as the independent registered
public accountant for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2006 and 2005.
The charts below set forth the total fees for services performed by BDO and Ernst and Young in 2006
and 2005 and breaks down these amounts by the category of service.
73
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| BDO |
|
2005 |
|
2006 |
| |
|
A$’000 |
|
A$’000 |
| |
|
|
Audit fees |
|
|
245.0 |
|
|
|
257.0 |
|
Audit related fees |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
114.0 |
|
Tax fees |
|
|
10.0 |
|
|
|
39.0 |
|
Other Fees |
|
|
5.0 |
|
|
|
21.0 |
|
| |
|
|
Total fees |
|
|
260.00 |
|
|
|
431.0 |
|
| |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Ernst & Young |
|
2005 |
|
2006 |
| |
|
A$’000 |
|
A$’000 |
| |
|
|
Audit fees |
|
|
35.0 |
|
|
|
83.0 |
|
Audit related fees |
|
|
3.0 |
|
|
|
— |
|
Tax fees |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Other Fees |
|
|
5.0 |
|
|
|
— |
|
| |
|
|
Total fees |
|
|
43.0 |
|
|
|
83.0 |
|
| |
|
|
Audit fees
The audit fees include the aggregate fees incurred in fiscal years 2006 and 2005 for professional
services rendered for the audit of the Company’s annual financial statements and for related
services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or services that are normally
provided by the auditor in connection with regulatory filings of engagements for those financial
years (including review of the 20-F, consents and other services related to SEC matters).
Audit Related Services
Audit related services include audit services provided in respect of the filing of an S-1
registration document for Glycotex, Inc. and the requirements of the provisions of government grant
agreements under which the Company receives reimbursement of certain expenses incurred in research
and development including START grants and Pharmaceutical Partnership Program. Audit related
services also include audit services provided for the audit of the Company’s Workers Compensation
Insurance.
Tax Fees
Tax fees were for the preparation of tax returns.
All Other Fees
Other fees incurred by the Company in fiscal years 2006 and 2005 relate to the costs associated
with regulatory compliance and other general matters.
74
Pre-approval Policies and Procedures
The Audit Committee Charter sets forth the Company’s policy regarding the appointment of
independent auditors, requiring the Audit Committee to review and approve in advance the
appointment of the independent auditors for the performance of 100% all audit and, after taking
into account the opinion of management, 100% lawfully permitted non audit services. The Audit
Committee may delegate authority to one or more members of the Audit Committee where appropriate,
but no such delegation is permitted if the authority is required by law, regulation or listing
standard to be exercised by the Audit Committee as a whole.
Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees.
This item is not applicable.
Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers.
This item is not applicable.
75
PART III
Item 17. Financial Statements
Not Applicable
Item 18. Financial Statements
The financial statements filed as part of this Annual Report are included on pages 80 through 138
hereof.
Item 19. Exhibits
(a) Exhibits
| |
|
|
| Exhibit No. |
|
Exhibit Description |
| |
1.1
|
|
Constitution of Novogen Limited (formerly known as the
Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association). (1) |
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
Deposit Agreement as further amended and restated, dated as of
September 29, 2005, among Novogen Limited, the Bank of New
York, as Depositary, and owners and holders from time to time
of ADRs issued thereunder. (2) |
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
Employment Contract between the Company and Mr. C. Naughton
dated June 21, 2006. |
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
Employment Contract between the Company and Professor Alan
Husband dated June 21, 2006. |
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
Employment Contract between the Company and Dr G. E. Kelly
dated June 21, 2006. |
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
Lease between Kendall Glen Pty Limited (Lessor) and Novogen
Laboratories Pty Ltd for the Company’s corporate headquarters
at 140 Wicks Road, North Ryde, New South Wales. (3) |
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
Employment Contract between the Company and Bryan Palmer dated
June 21, 2006. |
76
| |
|
|
| Exhibit No. |
|
Exhibit Description |
| |
4.6
|
|
Employment Contract between the Company and Craig Kearney
dated June 21, 2006. |
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
Employment Contract between the Company and David Seaton dated
June 21, 2006. |
|
|
|
4.8
|
|
Employment Contract between the Company and Ronald Erratt
dated June 21 30, 2006. |
|
|
|
8.1
|
|
Company Subsidiaries. |
|
|
|
12.1
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a
- - 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. |
|
|
|
12.2
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial Officer a pursuant to Rule
13a — 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended. |
|
|
|
13.1
|
|
Certification by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as added
by Section 906 of the Sarbanes — Oxley Act of 2002. |
|
|
|
| (1) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form 20-F filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on December 24, 1998 (File No. 0-29962) |
| |
| (2) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form F-6 filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission on September 29, 2005 (File No. 333- 128681) |
| |
| (3) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Annual Report on Form20-F filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on November 27, 2000 (File No. 0-29962) |
77
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors
Novogen Limited
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Novogen Limited as of June 30, 2006,
and the related consolidated income statement, consolidated statement of recognised income and
expense, and consolidated statements of cash flows for the year then ended. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The
Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control
over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial
reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but
not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal
control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management,
as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit
provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material
respects, the consolidated financial position of Novogen Limited at June 30, 2006, and the
consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended in conformity
with Australian Accounting Standards, being Australian equivalents to International Financial
Reporting Standards.
Australian equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards vary in certain significant
respects from U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Information relating to the nature and
effect of such differences is presented in Note 24 to the consolidated financial statements.
/s/ BDO
BDO
Sydney, NSW, Australia
November 24, 2006
78
Directors’ Declaration
In accordance with a resolution of the Directors of Novogen Limited, I state that:
| 1. |
|
In the opinion of the Directors: |
| |
a) |
|
the financial statements and notes of the Company are in accordance with the
Corporations Act 2001, including: |
| |
i) |
|
giving a true and fair view of the Company’s financial position as at June
30, 2006 and of their performance for the year ended on that date; and |
| |
| |
ii) |
|
complying with Accounting Standards and Corporations Regulations 2001; and |
| |
b) |
|
there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its
debts as and when they become due and payable. |
| 2. |
|
This declaration has been made after receiving the declarations required to be made to the
directors in accordance with section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 for the financial
period ending June 30, 2006. |
| 3. |
|
In the opinion of the Directors, as at the date of this declaration, there are reasonable
grounds to believe that the members of the Closed Group identified in Note 18, will be able to
meet any obligations or liabilities to which they are or may become subject to, by virtue of
the Deed of Cross Guarantee. |
On behalf of the Board,
/s/ Christopher Naughton
Christopher Naughton
Managing Director
Sydney, November 24, 2006
79
Novogen Limited, Consolidated Financial Statements
The financial report complies with Australian Accounting Standards, being Australian equivalents to
International Financial Reporting Standards (AIFRS). Compliance with AIFRS ensures that the
financial report, comprising the financial statements and notes thereto, complies with
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).
This is the first financial report prepared based on AIFRS and comparatives for the year ended June
30, 2005 have been restated accordingly.
INCOME STATEMENTS
for the year ended June 30, 2006
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Notes |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2006 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
A$’000 |
|
|
A$’000 |
|
|
US$’000 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing Operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
13,500 |
|
|
|
13,404 |
|
|
|
10,021 |
|
Cost of sales |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,445 |
) |
|
|
(4,666 |
) |
|
|
(4,042 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,055 |
|
|
|
8,738 |
|
|
|
5,979 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Other income |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
4,738 |
|
|
|
4,274 |
|
|
|
3,517 |
|
| |
Research & development expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12,014 |
) |
|
|
(10,217 |
) |
|
|
(8,918 |
) |
Selling & promotional expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,013 |
) |
|
|
(8,411 |
) |
|
|
(6,690 |
) |
Shipping and handling expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(556 |
) |
|
|
(444 |
) |
|
|
(413 |
) |
General and administrative expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,769 |
) |
|
|
(6,566 |
) |
|
|
(6,509 |
) |
Other Expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(301 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(223 |
) |
Finance costs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(52 |
) |
|
|
(56 |
) |
|
|
(39 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before income tax |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
(17,912 |
) |
|
|
(12,682 |
) |
|
|
(13,296 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss for the period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17,913 |
) |
|
|
(12,684 |
) |
|
|
(13,297 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss attributable to minority interest |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,693 |
|
|
|
1,152 |
|
|
|
1,257 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss attributable to members of Novogen Limited |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(16,220 |
) |
|
|
(11,532 |
) |
|
|
(12,040 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and Diluted Earnings/(loss) per share (cents) |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
(16.7 |
) |
|
|
(11.9 |
) |
|
|
(12.4 |
) |
80
BALANCE SHEETS
As at June 30, 2006
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Notes |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2006 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
A$’000 |
|
|
A$’000 |
|
|
US$’000 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CURRENT ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
33,513 |
|
|
|
47,260 |
|
|
|
24,877 |
|
Trade and other receivables |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
4,030 |
|
|
|
3,477 |
|
|
|
2,991 |
|
Inventories |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
5,522 |
|
|
|
5,488 |
|
|
|
4,099 |
|
Other current assets |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
685 |
|
|
|
821 |
|
|
|
507 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
43,750 |
|
|
|
57,046 |
|
|
|
32,474 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NON-CURRENT ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
2,864 |
|
|
|
4,580 |
|
|
|
2,126 |
|
Property, plant and equipment |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
4,484 |
|
|
|
5,859 |
|
|
|
3,328 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total non-current assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,348 |
|
|
|
10,439 |
|
|
|
5,454 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
51,098 |
|
|
|
67,485 |
|
|
|
37,928 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CURRENT LIABILITIES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade and other payables |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
5,646 |
|
|
|
5,501 |
|
|
|
4,191 |
|
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
750 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
Provisions |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
520 |
|
|
|
474 |
|
|
|
386 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,181 |
|
|
|
6,725 |
|
|
|
4,588 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
— |
|
Provisions |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
339 |
|
|
|
253 |
|
|
|
252 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total non-current liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
339 |
|
|
|
268 |
|
|
|
252 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL LIABILITIES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,520 |
|
|
|
6,993 |
|
|
|
4,840 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
44,578 |
|
|
|
60,492 |
|
|
|
33,088 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contributed equity |
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
176,989 |
|
|
|
176,235 |
|
|
|
131,379 |
|
Reserves |
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
(2,847 |
) |
|
|
(3,413 |
) |
|
|
(2,113 |
) |
Accumulated losses |
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
(131,700 |
) |
|
|
(116,069 |
) |
|
|
(97,761 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parent interest |
|
|
|
|
|
|
42,442 |
|
|
|
56,753 |
|
|
|
31,505 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minority Interest |
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
2,136 |
|
|
|
3,739 |
|
|
|
1,586 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
44,578 |
|
|
|
60,492 |
|
|
|
33,091 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
81
STATEMENTS OF RECOGNISED INCOME AND EXPENSE
for the year ended June 30, 2006
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Notes |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2006 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
A$’000 |
|
|
A$’000 |
|
|
US$’000 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain from Subsidiary capital raising |
|
|
14 |
(a) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
6,029 |
|
|
|
— |
|
Foreign currency translation — Members’ share |
|
|
14 |
(b) |
|
|
566 |
|
|
|
(2,964 |
) |
|
|
420 |
|
Foreign currency translation — Minority Interest share |
|
|
14 |
(d) |
|
|
90 |
|
|
|
(445 |
) |
|
|
67 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income recognised directly in equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
656 |
|
|
|
2,620 |
|
|
|
487 |
|
Loss for the period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17,913 |
) |
|
|
(12,684 |
) |
|
|
(13,297 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total recognised income and expense for the period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17,257 |
) |
|
|
(10,064 |
) |
|
|
(12,810 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attributable to: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity holders of Novogen Limited |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15,654 |
) |
|
|
(8,436 |
) |
|
|
(11,620 |
) |
Minority interest |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,603 |
) |
|
|
(1,628 |
) |
|
|
(1,190 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17,257 |
) |
|
|
(10,064 |
) |
|
|
(12,810 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
for the year ended June 30, 2006
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Notes |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2006 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
A$’000 |
|
|
A$’000 |
|
|
US$’000 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receipts from customers |
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,676 |
|
|
|
13,254 |
|
|
|
10,152 |
|
Payments to suppliers and employees |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(32,628 |
) |
|
|
(29,085 |
) |
|
|
(24,220 |
) |
Interest received |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,543 |
|
|
|
1,263 |
|
|
|
1,145 |
|
Interest paid |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(53 |
) |
|
|
(55 |
) |
|
|
(39 |
) |
Grants received |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,341 |
|
|
|
289 |
|
|
|
995 |
|
Income tax paid |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
(1 |
) |
Royalty received |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,609 |
|
|
|
1,434 |
|
|
|
1,194 |
|
Goods and services tax refunded by tax authorities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
76 |
|
|
|
94 |
|
|
|
56 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows used in operating activities |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
(14,437 |
) |
|
|
(12,808 |
) |
|
|
(10,718 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(319 |
) |
|
|
(757 |
) |
|
|
(237 |
) |
Proceeds from sale of plant and equipment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows used in investing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(309 |
) |
|
|
(757 |
) |
|
|
(230 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from the issue of ordinary shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
754 |
|
|
|
888 |
|
|
|
560 |
|
Proceeds from the issue of shares by subsidiary |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
6,083 |
|
|
|
— |
|
Repayment of borrowings |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(750 |
) |
|
|
(843 |
) |
|
|
(557 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows from financing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
6,128 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14,742 |
) |
|
|
(7,437 |
) |
|
|
(10,945 |
) |
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
44,110 |
|
|
|
55,431 |
|
|
|
32,743 |
|
Effect of exchange rates on cash holdings in
foreign currencies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
995 |
|
|
|
(3,734 |
) |
|
|
739 |
|
Movements in secured facility |
|
|
|
|
|
|
150 |
|
|
|
(150 |
) |
|
|
111 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
30,513 |
|
|
|
44,110 |
|
|
|
22,648 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
83
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The financial report of Novogen Limited for the year ended June 30, 2006 was authorised for issue
in accordance with a resolution of the Board of Directors on August 23, 2006.
Note 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The significant accounting policies which have been adopted in the preparation of the financial
report are:
Basis of preparation
The financial report is a general-purpose financial report, which has been prepared in accordance
with the requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 and Australian Accounting Standards. The
financial report has also been prepared on a historical cost basis with all amounts presented in
Australian dollars, unless otherwise stated.
The amounts contained in this report and in the Financial Statements have been rounded off under
the option available to the Company under ASIC Class Order 98/0100. The Company is an entity to
which the Class Order applies. Amounts have been
rounded off to the nearest thousand
dollars unless otherwise stated.
Statement of compliance
The financial report complies with Australian Accounting Standards, being Australian equivalents to
International Financial Reporting Standards (AIFRS). Compliance with AIFRS ensures that the
financial report, comprising the financial statements and notes thereto, complies with
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).
This is the first financial report prepared based on AIFRS and comparatives for the year ended June
30, 2005 have been restated accordingly.
Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of Novogen Limited and its
subsidiaries as at June 30 each year (the “Group”).
The financial statements of the subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period as the
parent company, using consistent accounting policies.
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, all inter-company balances and transactions,
income and expenses and profit and losses resulting from intra-group transactions have been
eliminated in full.
Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group and
cease to be consolidated from the date on which control is transferred out of the Group.
Minority interests represent the portion of profit or loss and net assets in Marshall
84
Edwards, Inc. and Glycotex Inc. not held by the Company and are presented separately in the income
statement and within equity in the consolidated balance sheet.
Significant accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions
(i) Significant accounting judgements
In the process of applying the Groups accounting policies, management has made the following
judgement, apart from those involving estimations.
Research and development expenses
The directors do not consider the development programs to be sufficiently advanced to reliably
determine the economic benefits and technical feasibility to justify capitalisation of development
costs. These costs have been recognised as an expense when incurred.
(ii) Significant accounting estimates and assumptions
The carrying amounts of certain assets and liabilities are often determined based on estimates and
assumptions of future events. The key estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of
causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of certain assets and liabilities within the
next annual reporting period are:
Share-based payment transactions
The Group measures the cost of equity-settled transactions with employees by reference to the fair
value of equity instruments at the date at which they are granted. The fair value is determined
using a binomial model, using the assumptions detailed in Note 10.
Impairments
The Group assesses impairment at each reporting date by evaluating conditions specific to the group
that may lead to impairment of assets. Where an impairment trigger exists, the recoverable amount
of the asset is determined. Value-in-use calculations performed in assessing recoverable amounts
incorporate a number of key estimates.
Revenue recognition
Revenue is recognised to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the
Group and the revenue can be reliably measured. In determining the economic benefits, provisions
are made for certain trade discounts and returned goods. The following specific recognition
criteria must also be met:
Sale of goods
Revenue from sale of goods is recognised when the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the
goods have passed to the buyer and can be measured reliably. Risks and rewards are considered
passed to the buyer when the goods have been dispatched to a customer pursuant to a sales order and
invoice.
Interest
Interest revenue is recognised as interest accrues using the effective interest method. The
effective interest method uses the effective interest rate which is the rate that exactly discounts
the estimated future cash receipts over the expected life of the financial asset.
85
Government Grants
Grant income is recognised when there is reasonable assurance that the grant will be received and
all attaching conditions will be complied with. Grant income is recognised in the income statement
over the periods necessary to match the grant on a systematic basis to the costs that it is
intended to compensate.
Royalties
Royalty revenue is recognised on an accruals basis in accordance with the substance of the relevant
agreements.
Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs are recognised as an expense when incurred.
Leases
The determination of whether an arrangement is or contains a lease is based on the substance of the
arrangement and requires assessment of whether the fulfilment of the arrangement is dependent on
the use of a specific asset or assets and the arrangement conveys a right to use the asset.
Finance leases, which transfer to the Group substantially all the risks and benefits incidental to
ownership of the leased item, are capitalised at the inception of the lease at the fair value of
the leased property or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments. Lease
payments are apportioned between the finance charges and reduction of the lease liability so as to
achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance charges are
recognised as an expense in profit or loss.
Capitalised leased assets are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the
asset and the lease term if there is no reasonable certainty that the Group will obtain ownership
by the end of the lease term.
Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense in the income statement on a straight-line
basis over the lease term. Lease incentives are recognised in the income statement as an integral
part of the total lease expense.
The cost of improvements to or on leasehold property is capitalised, disclosed as leasehold
improvements, and amortised over the unexpired period of the lease or the estimated useful lives of
the improvements, whichever is the shorter.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and short term deposits in the balance sheet comprise cash at bank and in hand and short-term
deposits with an original maturity of three months or less.
For the purposes of the Cash Flow Statement, cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and cash
equivalents as defined above, net of outstanding bank overdrafts.
86
Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables, which generally have 30-60 day terms, are recognised and carried at original
invoice amount less an allowance for any uncollectible amounts.
An allowance for doubtful debts is made when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be
able to collect the debts. Bad debts are written off when identified.
Inventories
Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realisable value.
Costs incurred in bringing each product to its present location and condition are accounted for as
follows:
| • |
|
Raw materials — purchase cost on a first-in, first-out basis; and |
| • |
|
Finished goods and work-in-progress — cost of direct material,
direct labour and a proportion of manufacturing overheads based on
normal operating capacity but excluding borrowing costs. |
Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less
estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale.
Foreign currency translation
Functional Currency
Both the functional and presentation currency of Novogen Limited and its subsidiaries is Australian
dollars (A$) except for Marshall Edwards, Inc., Marshall Edwards Pty Limited and Glycotex, Inc.
where the functional currency is U.S. dollars.
Translation of foreign currency transactions
Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded in the functional currency at the
exchange rates ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated
in foreign currencies are translated at the rate of the exchange ruling at the balance sheet date.
Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are
translated using the exchange rate as at the date of the initial transaction.
Translation of financial reports of overseas operations
As at the reporting date the assets and liabilities of overseas subsidiaries are translated into
the presentation currency of the Company at the rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date
and the income statements are translated at the weighted average exchange rates for the period.
The exchange differences arising on the retranslation of overseas operations which have a
functional currency of $A are taken directly to the income statement. The exchange
87
differences arising on the retranslation of overseas operations which have a functional currency
that is not $A are taken directly to a separate component of equity.
Taxes
Income tax
Current tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior periods are measured at the amount
expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities. The tax rates and tax laws used
to compute the amount are those that are enacted or substantially enacted by the balance sheet
date.
Deferred income tax is provided on all temporary differences at the balance sheet date between the
tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes.
The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and
reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be
available to allow all or part of the deferred income tax asset to be utilised.
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply
to the year when the asset is realised or the liability is settled, based on the tax rates (and tax
laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.
Unrecognised deferred income tax assets are reassessed at each balance sheet date and recognised to
the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profit will allow the deferred tax asset
to be recovered.
Income taxes relating to items recognised directly in equity are recognised in equity and not in
the income statement.
Other taxes
Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of Goods and Services Tax (“GST”)
receipt except:
| • |
|
when the GST incurred on a purchase of goods or services is not recoverable from the taxation authority, in which case
the GST is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense item as applicable; and |
| • |
|
receivables and payables, which are stated with the amounts of GST included. |
The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority is included as part
of receivables or payables in the balance sheet.
Cash flows are included in the cash flow statement are on a net basis and the GST component of the
cash flows arising from investing and financing activities which are recoverable from or payable to
the taxation authority are classified as operating cash flows.
Commitments and contingencies are disclosed net of the amount of GST recoverable
88
from, or payable to, the taxation authority.
Property, plant & equipment
Cost and valuation
Each class of property, plant and equipment is carried at cost or fair value less, where
applicable, any accumulated depreciation and impairment losses.
Depreciation
Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis to write off the depreciable amount of
each item of property, plant and equipment (excluding land) over its expected useful life to the
Group.
Major depreciation periods are:
| |
|
|
Buildings
|
|
8 — 20 years |
Plant and equipment
|
|
2.5-10 years |
Leasehold improvements
|
|
the lease term |
Impairment of assets
At each reporting date, the Group assesses whether there is any indication that an asset may be
impaired. Where an indicator of impairment exists, the Group makes a formal estimate of recoverable
amount. Where the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount the asset is
considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount.
Recoverable amount is the greater of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. It is
determined for an individual asset, unless the asset’s value in use cannot be estimated to be close
to its fair value less costs to sell and it does not generate cash inflows that are largely
independent of those from other assets or groups of assets, in which case, the recoverable amount
is determined for the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs.
In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value
using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money
and the risks specific to the asset.
Derecognition and disposal
An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised upon disposal or when no further future
economic benefits are expected from its use or disposal.
Any gain or loss arising on derecognition of the asset (calculated as the difference between the
net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset) is included in profit or loss in the
year the asset is derecognised.
Research and development
Expenditure during the research phase of a project is recognised as an expense when incurred.
Development costs are capitalised only when technical feasibility studies identify that the project
will deliver future economic benefits and these benefits can be measured reliably.
89
Development costs have a finite life and are amortised on a systematic basis matched to the future
economic benefits over the useful life of the project.
Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are carried at amortised cost and represent liabilities for goods and
services provided to the Group prior to the end of the financial year that are unpaid and arise
when the Group becomes obliged to make future payments in respect of the purchases of these goods
and services.
Interest bearing loans and borrowings
All loans and borrowings are initially recognised at the fair value of the consideration received
less directly attributable transaction costs.
Gains and losses are recognised in profit or loss when the liabilities are derecognised.
Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a
result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits
will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the
obligation.
Employee benefits
Wages, salaries, annual leave
Liabilities for wages, salaries, including non-monetary benefits, are recognised in other
payables in respect of employees’ services up to the reporting date. Liabilities for annual leave
are recognised in current provisions in respect of employees’ services up to the reporting date.
They are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled.
Long service leave
The liability for long service leave is recognised in the provision for employee benefits and
measured as the present value of expected future payments to be made in respect of services
provided by employees up to the reporting date using the projected unit credit method.
Consideration is given to expected future wage and salary levels, experience of employee
departures, and periods of service. Expected future payments are discounted using market yields at
the reporting date on national government bonds with terms to maturity and currencies that match,
as closely as possible, the estimated future cash outflows.
Defined contribution plan
Defined superannuation contributions are recognised as an expense in the period they are incurred.
Share-based payment transactions
The Group provides benefits to employees (including senior executives) of the Group in the form of
share-based payments, whereby employees render services in exchange for
90
shares or rights over shares (equity-settled transactions) under the terms of the Employee Share
Option Plan (ESOP).
The cost of these equity-settled transactions with employees is measured by reference to the fair
value of the equity instruments at the date at which they are granted. The fair value is determined
using a binomial model. Further details are given in Note 10.
In valuing equity-settled transactions, no account is taken of any performance conditions.
The cost of equity-settled transactions is recognised, together with a corresponding increase in
equity, over the vesting period of the instrument. The cumulative expense recognised for
equity-settled transactions at each reporting date until vesting date reflects (i) the extent to
which the vesting period has expired and (ii) the Group’s best estimate of the number of equity
instruments that will ultimately vest. The income statement charge or credit for a period
represents the movement in cumulative expense recognised as at the beginning and end of that
period.
Contributed equity
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of
new shares or options are shown as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.
Subsidiary Equity Issues
Where a subsidiary makes a new issue of capital subscribed by outside equity interests the parent
company may make a gain or loss due to dilution of outside equity interests. These gains or losses
are recognised in equity attributable to the parent company.
Earnings per share (EPS)
Basic EPS is calculated as net profit/(loss) attributable to members of the parent, adjusted to
exclude costs of servicing equity (other than dividends) and preference share dividends, divided by
the weighted average number of ordinary shares, adjusted for any bonus element.
Diluted EPS is calculated as net profit/(loss) attributable to members of the parent, adjusted for:
| |
• |
|
costs of servicing equity (other than dividends) and preference share dividends; |
| |
| |
• |
|
the after tax effect of dividends and interest associated with dilutive potential
ordinary shares that have been recognised as expenses; and |
| |
| |
• |
|
other non-discretionary changes in revenues or expenses during the period that would
result from the dilution of potential ordinary shares, |
divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares and dilutive potential ordinary shares
adjusted for any bonus element.
Deferred Offering Costs
Where costs associated with a capital raising have been incurred at balance date and it is probable
that the capital raising will be successfully completed after balance date,
91
such costs are deferred and offset against the proceeds subsequently received from the capital
raising.
Financial Instruments
Recognition
Financial instruments are initially measured at cost on trade date, which includes transaction
costs, when the related contractual rights or obligations exist. Subsequent to initial recognition
these instruments are measured as set out below.
Loans and Receivables
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that
are not quoted in an active market and are stated at amortised cost using the effective interest
rate method.
Financial liabilities
Non-derivative financial liabilities are recognised at amortised cost, comprising original debt
less principal payments and amortisation.
Comparatives
Where necessary, comparatives have been reclassified and repositioned for consistency with current
year disclosures.
92
Note 2. (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAX
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Consolidated |
| |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
| |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
| |
|
|
Revenue and expenses from continuing operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) Revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sale of goods |
|
|
13,500 |
|
|
|
13,404 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
13,500 |
|
|
|
13,404 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(b) Other income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank interest |
|
|
1,460 |
|
|
|
1,319 |
|
Government grants — research and development |
|
|
783 |
|
|
|
289 |
|
Royalties |
|
|
1,753 |
|
|
|
1,711 |
|
Licence fees |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
207 |
|
Net gains on disposal of property, plant and equipment |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
— |
|
Litigation settlements |
|
|
613 |
|
|
|
160 |
|
Other |
|
|
119 |
|
|
|
588 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
4,738 |
|
|
|
4,274 |
|
| |
|
|
93
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Consolidated |
| |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
| |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
| |
|
|
(c) Other expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Write-down of plant and equipment |
|
|
301 |
|
|
|
— |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
301 |
|
|
|
— |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(d) Finance costs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Finance charges payable under finance leases |
|
|
52 |
|
|
|
56 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
|
56 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(e) Depreciation, amortisation and cost of inventories
included in the income statement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Included in cost of sales: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation |
|
|
499 |
|
|
|
454 |
|
Amortisation of leased assets |
|
|
197 |
|
|
|
236 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Costs of inventories recognised as an expense |
|
|
1,022 |
|
|
|
276 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(f) Lease payments and other expenses included in the income
statement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Included in administrative expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation |
|
|
669 |
|
|
|
842 |
|
Amortisation |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
94 |
|
Minimum lease payments — operating leases |
|
|
669 |
|
|
|
668 |
|
Net foreign exchange differences |
|
|
(112 |
) |
|
|
325 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(g) Employee benefit expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wages and salaries |
|
|
6,975 |
|
|
|
6,501 |
|
Workers’compensation costs |
|
|
66 |
|
|
|
68 |
|
Defined contribution plan expense |
|
|
735 |
|
|
|
597 |
|
Employee entitlement provision |
|
|
146 |
|
|
|
98 |
|
Share-based payments expense |
|
|
562 |
|
|
|
389 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
8,484 |
|
|
|
7,653 |
|
| |
|
|
94
Note 3. INCOME TAX
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Consolidated |
| |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
| |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
| |
|
|
A reconciliation between tax expense and the product of
accounting loss before income tax multiplied by the
Group’s applicable tax rate is as follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounting loss before tax from operations |
|
|
(17,912 |
) |
|
|
(12,682 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At the Group’s statutory income tax rate of 30% (2005: 30%) |
|
|
(5,374 |
) |
|
|
(3,805 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign tax rate differentials |
|
|
(132 |
) |
|
|
126 |
|
Non deductible expenses |
|
|
598 |
|
|
|
165 |
|
Research and development allowance |
|
|
(466 |
) |
|
|
(411 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
Sub-total |
|
|
(5,374 |
) |
|
|
(3,925 |
) |
Under/over provision |
|
|
370 |
|
|
|
751 |
|
Change in Valuation Allowance |
|
|
5,005 |
|
|
|
3,176 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax expense |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Components of Income Tax Expense/(Benefit) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current Expense/(Benefit) |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
Under/over provision |
|
|
370 |
|
|
|
751 |
|
Deferred Expense/(Benefit) |
|
|
(5,375 |
) |
|
|
(3,927 |
) |
Movement in valuation allowance |
|
|
5,005 |
|
|
|
3,176 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
Income Tax Expense/(Benefit) |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
| |
|
|
95
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Deferred Income Tax |
|
Consolidated |
|
| |
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
| |
|
$’000 |
|
|
$’000 |
|
| |
|
|
Deferred income tax at 30 June relates to the following: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation |
|
|
806 |
|
|
|
975 |
|
Provisions accruals |
|
|
1,536 |
|
|
|
1,323 |
|
Exchange gains |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Other |
|
|
102 |
|
|
|
67 |
|
Losses carried forward |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Australia |
|
|
19,319 |
|
|
|
14,469 |
|
- USA |
|
|
12,904 |
|
|
|
12,894 |
|
- Other |
|
|
4,200 |
|
|
|
4,098 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
Total deferred tax assets |
|
|
38,867 |
|
|
|
33,826 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liability |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange losses |
|
|
(165 |
) |
|
|
(146 |
) |
Other |
|
|
(117 |
) |
|
|
(100 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
Total deferred tax liability |
|
|
(282 |
) |
|
|
(246 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax asset |
|
|
38,585 |
|
|
|
33,580 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets |
|
|
(38,585 |
) |
|
|
(33,580 |
) |
| |
|
|
Net recorded deferred taxes |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
| |
|
|
Tax consolidation
Novogen Limited and its 100% owned Australian subsidiaries elected to form a tax consolidation
group for income tax purposes with effect from July 1, 2003. The Australian Tax Office has been
formally notified of this decision. Novogen Limited as the head entity discloses all of the
deferred tax assets of the tax consolidated group in relation to tax losses carried forward (after
elimination of inter-group transactions).
As the tax consolidation group continues to generate tax losses there has been no reason for the
Company to enter a tax funding agreement with members of the tax consolidation group.
96
Note 4. EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing net loss for the year attributable to
ordinary equity holders of the parent by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding
during the year.
Diluted earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to ordinary
equity holders of the parent by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during
the year plus the weighted average number of ordinary shares that would be issued on the conversion
of all the dilutive potential ordinary shares into ordinary shares. The notional issue of potential
ordinary shares resulting from the exercise of options detailed in Note 10 does not result in
diluted earnings per share that shows a different view of the earnings performance of the Company,
therefore the information has not been disclosed.
Potential ordinary shares (non-dilutive) and not included in determining earnings per share:
1,482,148 options (refer Note 10).
There have been 298,254 conversions to, calls of, or subscriptions for ordinary shares or issues of
potential ordinary shares since the reporting date and before the completion of this financial
report.
The following reflects the income and share data used in the basic and diluted earnings per share
computations:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Consolidated |
| |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
| |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
| |
|
|
Net loss attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent |
|
|
(16,220 |
) |
|
|
(11,532 |
) |
| |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
| |
|
Thousands |
|
Thousands |
| |
|
|
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in
calculating basic and diluted earnings per share |
|
|
97,207 |
|
|
|
96,840 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted loss per share — (cents) |
|
|
(16.7 |
) |
|
|
(11.9 |
) |
97
Note 5. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Consolidated |
| |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
| |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
| |
|
|
Cash at bank and in hand |
|
|
21,384 |
|
|
|
19,421 |
|
Short-term deposits |
|
|
9,129 |
|
|
|
24,689 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
30,513 |
|
|
|
44,110 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Secured cash (Refer Note 12) |
|
|
3,000 |
|
|
|
3,150 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
33,513 |
|
|
|
47,260 |
|
| |
|
|
Cash at bank earns interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates.
Short-term deposits are made for varying periods of between one day and three months, depending on
the immediate cash requirements of the Group, and earn interest at the respective short-term
deposit rates.
Reconciliation of net loss after tax to net cash from operations
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Consolidated |
| |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
| |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
| |
|
|
Net loss |
|
|
(17,913 |
) |
|
|
(12,684 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjustments for: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortisation |
|
|
1,389 |
|
|
|
1,626 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment |
|
|
291 |
|
|
|
— |
|
Share-based payments |
|
|
589 |
|
|
|
403 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(increase)/decrease in trade debtors |
|
|
574 |
|
|
|
(17 |
) |
(increase)/decrease in prepayments |
|
|
136 |
|
|
|
44 |
|
(increase)/decrease in other debtors |
|
|
(829 |
) |
|
|
(391 |
) |
(increase)/decrease in inventories |
|
|
1,682 |
|
|
|
(1,615 |
) |
increase/(decrease) in accounts payable |
|
|
145 |
|
|
|
(462 |
) |
increase/(decrease) in provisions |
|
|
(166 |
) |
|
|
(37 |
) |
exchange rate change on opening cash |
|
|
(335 |
) |
|
|
325 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
Net cash outflow from operating activities |
|
|
(14,437 |
) |
|
|
(12,808 |
) |
| |
|
|
98
Note 6. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Consolidated |
| |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
| |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
| |
|
|
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade receivables (i) |
|
|
2,717 |
|
|
|
3,291 |
|
Allowance for doubtful debts |
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
(305 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
2,710 |
|
|
|
2,986 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits held |
|
|
462 |
|
|
|
— |
|
Deferred offering costs |
|
|
128 |
|
|
|
— |
|
Other debtors (ii) |
|
|
730 |
|
|
|
491 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
4,030 |
|
|
|
3,477 |
|
| |
|
|
| (i) |
|
Trade receivables are non-interest bearing and are generally on 30-60 day terms.
|
| |
| (ii) |
|
Other debtors are non-interest bearing and have repayment terms between 7 and 30 days. |
Note 7. INVENTORIES
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Consolidated |
| |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
| |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
| |
|
|
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Work in progress (at cost) |
|
|
3,965 |
|
|
|
2,722 |
|
Finished goods (at cost) |
|
|
1,557 |
|
|
|
2,766 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
5,522 |
|
|
|
5,488 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Raw materials (at cost) |
|
|
912 |
|
|
|
1,056 |
|
Work in progress (at cost) |
|
|
1,952 |
|
|
|
3,380 |
|
Other inventory (at NRV) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
144 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
2,864 |
|
|
|
4,580 |
|
| |
|
|
Note 8. OTHER CURRENT ASSETS
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Consolidated |
| |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
| |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
| |
|
|
Prepayments |
|
|
685 |
|
|
|
821 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
685 |
|
|
|
821 |
|
| |
|
|
99
Note 9. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Consolidated |
| |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
| |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
Land at cost |
|
|
1,572 |
|
|
|
1,572 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buildings at cost |
|
|
3,459 |
|
|
|
3,459 |
|
Accumulated depreciation |
|
|
(2,587 |
) |
|
|
(2,296 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
872 |
|
|
|
1,163 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
Total land and buildings (property) |
|
|
2,444 |
|
|
|
2,735 |
|
| |
|
|
| |
Plant and equipment under lease — at cost |
|
|
52 |
|
|
|
2,591 |
|
Accumulated amortisation |
|
|
(52 |
) |
|
|
(1,624 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
967 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plant and equipment — at cost |
|
|
9,575 |
|
|
|
8,721 |
|
Accumulated depreciation |
|
|
(7,625 |
) |
|
|
(6,564 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
1,950 |
|
|
|
2,157 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leasehold improvements — at cost |
|
|
100 |
|
|
|
— |
|
Accumulated depreciation |
|
|
(10 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
90 |
|
|
|
— |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total property, plant and equipment — at cost |
|
|
14,758 |
|
|
|
16,343 |
|
Accumulated amortisation and depreciation |
|
|
(10,274 |
) |
|
|
(10,484 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
Total property, plant and equipment |
|
|
4,484 |
|
|
|
5,859 |
|
| |
|
|
a) Assets pledged as security
Assets under lease are pledged as security for the associated lease liabilities.
The book value of assets pledged as security are:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Consolidated |
| |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
| |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
| |
|
|
Plant and equipment under lease |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
967 |
|
| |
|
|
100
b) Reconciliations
Reconciliations of the carrying amount of plant property and equipment at the beginning and at the
end of the current financial year.
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Consolidated |
| |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
| |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
Freehold land |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying amount at beginning of financial year |
|
|
1,572 |
|
|
|
1,572 |
|
| |
|
|
Carrying amount at end of financial year |
|
|
1,572 |
|
|
|
1,572 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buildings on freehold land |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying amount at beginning of financial year |
|
|
1,163 |
|
|
|
1,454 |
|
Depreciation expense |
|
|
(291 |
) |
|
|
(291 |
) |
| |
|
|
Carrying amount at end of financial year |
|
|
872 |
|
|
|
1,163 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plant and equipment under lease |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying amount at beginning of financial year |
|
|
967 |
|
|
|
1,297 |
|
Transfers to plant and equipment |
|
|
(746 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
Amortisation expense |
|
|
(221 |
) |
|
|
(330 |
) |
| |
|
|
Carrying amount at end of financial year |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
967 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plant and equipment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying amount at beginning of financial year |
|
|
2,157 |
|
|
|
2,366 |
|
Additions |
|
|
219 |
|
|
|
757 |
|
Transfers from plant and equipment under lease |
|
|
746 |
|
|
|
— |
|
Impairment loss * |
|
|
(301 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
Disposals |
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
Depreciation expense |
|
|
(867 |
) |
|
|
(966 |
) |
| |
|
|
Carrying amount at end of financial year |
|
|
1,950 |
|
|
|
2,157 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leasehold improvements |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying amount at beginning of financial year |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
39 |
|
Additions |
|
|
100 |
|
|
|
— |
|
Depreciation expense |
|
|
(10 |
) |
|
|
(39 |
) |
| |
|
|
Carrying amount at end of financial year |
|
|
90 |
|
|
|
— |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
| * |
|
The $301,000 impairment loss represents the write-down of certain plant and equipment to nil
value as its future use and expected cash inflows are not certain. |
101
Note 10. SHARE BASED PAYMENT PLANS
Employee share option plan
The employee share option plan provides for the issue of options to eligible employees being an
employee or Director of the Company or related company. Each option entitles its holder to acquire
one fully paid ordinary share and is exercisable at a price equal to the weighted average price of
such shares at the close of trading on the Australian Stock Exchange Limited for the five days
prior to the date of issue. Options issued under the Employee Share Option Plan vest in four equal
annual instalments over the vesting period. Options are not transferable. The option lapses if the
employee ceases to be an employee during the vesting period. There are currently 51 employees
eligible for this scheme. (2005: 47)
Consultant options
The Company has also granted options by way of compensation to consultants who perform services for
Novogen and its controlled entities. Options issued to consultants generally vest in four equal
annual instalments over the vesting period. The expense recognised in the income statement relation
to consultant options is $26,861. (2005: $16,310)
The contractual life of all options granted is five years. There are no cash settlement
alternatives.
The expense recognised in the income statement in relation to employee share-based payments is
disclosed in Note 2(g).
The following table illustrates the number (No.) and weighted average exercise price (WAEP) of and
movements in share options issued to employees during the year;
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
| |
|
No. |
|
WAEP |
|
No. |
|
WAEP |
| |
|
|
Outstanding at the beginning of the year (i) |
|
|
1,139,892 |
|
|
$ |
3.49 |
|
|
|
1,189,167 |
|
|
$ |
3.00 |
|
Granted |
|
|
438,948 |
|
|
$ |
3.64 |
|
|
|
276,844 |
|
|
$ |
4.90 |
|
Forfeited |
|
|
81,546 |
|
|
$ |
4.72 |
|
|
|
37,652 |
|
|
$ |
3.96 |
|
Exercised (ii) |
|
|
196,400 |
|
|
$ |
2.89 |
|
|
|
288,467 |
|
|
$ |
2.75 |
|
Expired |
|
|
6,256 |
|
|
$ |
4.01 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
| |
|
|
Outstanding at the end of the year (i) |
|
|
1,294,638 |
|
|
$ |
3.55 |
|
|
|
1,139,892 |
|
|
$ |
3.49 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable at the end of the year |
|
|
527,691 |
|
|
$ |
2.85 |
|
|
|
430,996 |
|
|
$ |
2.81 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
| (i) |
|
Included within these balances are options over 316,834 shares (2005: 499,982) that have
not been recognised in accordance with AASB 2 as the options were granted on or before November 7,
2002 or vested prior to January 1, 2005. These options have not |
102
|
|
|
| |
|
been subsequently modified and
therefore do not need to be accounted for in
accordance with AASB 2. |
| |
| (ii) |
|
The exercise of the options occurred on a regular basis throughout the year. The weighted
average share price for the year ended June 30, 2006 was $4.22 (2005: $5.18). |
The following table details the exercise price, expiry date and number of options issued to
employees that were outstanding as at the end of the year:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Exercise |
|
Expiry |
|
No. outstanding 30 |
|
No. outstanding 30 |
| Price |
|
Date |
|
June, 2006 |
|
June, 2005 |
| |
$4.00 |
|
|
30/11/05 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
96,689 |
|
$4.01 |
|
|
27/10/05 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
6,256 |
|
$1.53 |
|
|
10/08/06 |
|
|
|
196,304 |
|
|
|
247,341 |
|
$2.10 |
|
|
30/11/07 |
|
|
|
292,298 |
|
|
|
350,478 |
|
$6.76 |
|
|
27/02/09 |
|
|
|
147,648 |
|
|
|
162,284 |
|
$4.90 |
|
|
16/03/10 |
|
|
|
231,304 |
|
|
|
276,844 |
|
$3.64 |
|
|
16/04/11 |
|
|
|
427,084 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,294,638 |
|
|
|
1,139,892 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table illustrates the number (No.) and weighted average exercise price (WAEP) of
and movements in share options issued to consultants during the year;
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
| |
|
No. |
|
WAEP |
|
No. |
|
WAEP |
| |
|
|
Outstanding at the beginning of the year |
|
|
212,046 |
|
|
$ |
2.78 |
|
|
|
221,454 |
|
|
$ |
2.77 |
|
Granted |
|
|
27,456 |
|
|
$ |
3.64 |
|
|
|
14,244 |
|
|
$ |
4.90 |
|
Exercised |
|
|
51,992 |
|
|
$ |
3.60 |
|
|
|
23,652 |
|
|
$ |
4.00 |
|
| |
|
|
Outstanding at the end of the year |
|
|
187,510 |
|
|
$ |
2.68 |
|
|
|
212,046 |
|
|
$ |
2.78 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable at the end of the year |
|
|
136,741 |
|
|
$ |
2.25 |
|
|
|
174,207 |
|
|
$ |
2.56 |
|
The following table details the exercise price, expiry date and number of options issued to
consultants that were outstanding as at the end of the year:
103
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Exercise |
|
Expiry |
|
No. outstanding 30 |
|
No. outstanding 30 |
| Price |
|
Date |
|
June, 2006 |
|
June, 2005 |
| |
$3.5819 |
|
|
20/07/05 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
50,180 |
|
$4.00 |
|
|
30/11/05 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
1,812 |
|
$2.05 |
|
|
13/07/06 |
|
|
|
101,950 |
|
|
|
101,950 |
|
$2.10 |
|
|
30/11/07 |
|
|
|
37,200 |
|
|
|
37,200 |
|
$6.76 |
|
|
27/02/09 |
|
|
|
6,660 |
|
|
|
6,660 |
|
$4.90 |
|
|
16/03/10 |
|
|
|
14,244 |
|
|
|
14,244 |
|
$3.64 |
|
|
16/04/11 |
|
|
|
27,456 |
|
|
|
— |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
187,510 |
|
|
|
212,046 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
The weighted average remaining contractual life for the share options outstanding as at June
30, 2006 is between 1 and 5 years (2005: 1 and 5 years). As at June 30, 2006, the total
compensation cost related to nonvested share options not yet recognized is $1,249,000.
The weighted average fair value of options granted during the year was $2.10 (2005: $2.96)
The fair value of the equity-settled share options granted to both employees and consultants is
estimated as at the date of grant using a binomial model taking into account the terms and
conditions upon which the options were granted.
The following table lists the inputs to the model used to calculate the fair value of the options.
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
April 21, |
|
March 16, |
|
February 27, |
|
November 29, |
| |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
2002 |
Dividend yield |
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
0 |
% |
Expected volatility |
|
|
66 |
% |
|
|
69 |
% |
|
|
69 |
% |
|
|
68 |
% |
Historical volatility |
|
|
66 |
% |
|
|
69 |
% |
|
|
69 |
% |
|
|
68 |
% |
Risk-free interest rate |
|
|
5.62 |
% |
|
|
5.67 |
% |
|
|
5.52 |
% |
|
|
5.27 |
% |
Expected life of option |
|
5 years |
|
5 years |
|
5 years |
|
5 years |
Option fair value |
|
|
2.10 |
|
|
2.96 |
|
|
2.82 |
|
|
1.26 |
The dividend yield reflects the assumption that the current dividend payout, which is zero,
will continue with no anticipated increases. The expected life of the options is based on
historical data and is not necessarily indicative of exercise patterns that may occur. The expected
volatility reflects the assumption that the historical volatility is indicative of future trends,
which may also not necessarily be the actual outcome.
104
Note 11. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Consolidated |
| |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
| |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
| |
|
|
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade payables |
|
|
2,312 |
|
|
|
3,078 |
|
Accrued trade payables |
|
|
2,654 |
|
|
|
1,689 |
|
Accrued clinical trial payments |
|
|
680 |
|
|
|
734 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
5,646 |
|
|
|
5,501 |
|
| |
|
|
Terms and conditions relating to the above payables:
| • |
|
trade creditors are non interest bearing and normally settled on 30 day terms; and |
| |
| • |
|
clinical trial creditors are non-interest bearing and normally settled on 30 day terms. |
Note 12. INTEREST BEARING LOANS AND LIABILITIES
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Consolidated |
| |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
| |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
| |
|
|
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Obligations under finance leases (secured) (Note 17) |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
750 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
750 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Obligations under finance leases (secured) (Note 17) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
15 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
15 |
|
| |
|
|
105
Financing facilities available
At reporting date, the following financing facilities had been negotiated and were available:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Consolidated |
| |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
| |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
| |
|
|
Total facilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lease facilities |
|
|
4,000 |
|
|
|
4,000 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
4,000 |
|
|
|
4,000 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Used at balance date |
|
|
572 |
|
|
|
1,454 |
|
Unused at balance date |
|
|
3,428 |
|
|
|
2,546 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
4,000 |
|
|
|
4,000 |
|
| |
|
|
Assets under lease are pledged as security for the associated lease liabilities.
Novogen Limited has entered into a Deed of Set-off where it has agreed to hold a deposited sum with
the bank of at least $3 million at all times as additional security for the lease facility.
Note 13. PROVISIONS
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Consolidated |
| |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
| |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
| |
|
|
Employee Benefit Provision |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Opening balance at beginning of the year |
|
|
727 |
|
|
|
631 |
|
Additional provision made in the period |
|
|
86 |
|
|
|
96 |
|
| |
|
|
Closing balance at the end of the year |
|
|
813 |
|
|
|
727 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
520 |
|
|
|
474 |
|
Non-current |
|
|
293 |
|
|
|
253 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
813 |
|
|
|
727 |
|
| |
|
|
106
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Consolidated |
| |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
| |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
| |
|
|
Make Good Provision |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Opening balance at beginning of the year |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Additional provision made in the period |
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
— |
|
| |
|
|
Closing balance at the end of the year |
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
— |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Non-current |
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
— |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
— |
|
| |
|
|
In accordance with its Sydney premises lease, the Group must restore the leased premises to
agreed condition at the end of the lease term. A provision of $46,000 was made during the year
ended June 30, 2006 in respect of the Group’s expected obligation.
107
Note 14. CONTRIBUTED EQUITY AND RESERVES
(a) Contributed equity
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Consolidated |
| |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
| |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
| |
|
|
(a) Fully paid ordinary shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Novogen Limited |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
97,294,054 (2005: 97,045,662) ordinary shares |
|
|
127,060 |
|
|
|
126,306 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
127,060 |
|
|
|
126,306 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(b) Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain arising on issue of shares by subsidiaries to
outside shareholders : |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marshall Edwards, Inc. |
|
|
44,424 |
|
|
|
44,424 |
|
Glycotex, Inc |
|
|
5,505 |
|
|
|
5,505 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
49,929 |
|
|
|
49,929 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
Contributed Equity |
|
|
176,989 |
|
|
|
176,235 |
|
| |
|
|
Ordinary shares have the right to receive dividends as declared and, in the event of winding
up the Company, to participate in the proceeds from the sale of all surplus assets in proportion to
the number of and amounts paid up on shares held.
Ordinary shares entitle their holder to one vote, either in person or by proxy, at a meeting of the
Company.
Movements in issued and paid up ordinary share capital of Novogen Limited are as follows:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
Issue |
|
|
| |
|
Number of |
|
price |
|
|
| |
|
shares |
|
$ |
|
$’000 |
| |
|
|
On issue July 1, 2005 |
|
|
97,045,662 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
126,306 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options converted to shares |
|
|
50,180 |
|
|
|
3.58 |
|
|
|
180 |
|
Options converted to shares |
|
|
98,501 |
|
|
|
4.00 |
|
|
|
394 |
|
Options converted to shares |
|
|
51,037 |
|
|
|
1.53 |
|
|
|
78 |
|
Options converted to shares |
|
|
48,674 |
|
|
|
2.10 |
|
|
|
102 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total options exercised during the period |
|
|
248,392 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
754 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On issue June 30, 2006 |
|
|
97,294,054 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
127,060 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share options
The Company has an employee share option plan under which options to subscribe for the Company’s
shares have been granted to certain executive and other employees (refer Note 10).
108
(b) Reserves
The foreign currency translation reserve is used to record exchange differences arising from the
translation of the financial statements of foreign subsidiaries.
Movements in the currency translation reserve were as follows:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Consolidated |
| |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
| |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
| |
|
|
Balance at the beginning of the year |
|
|
(3,413 |
) |
|
|
(449 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain/(loss) on translation of overseas controlled entities |
|
|
566 |
|
|
|
(2,964 |
) |
| |
|
|
Balance at the end of the year |
|
|
(2,847 |
) |
|
|
(3,413 |
) |
| |
|
|
(c) Accumulated losses
Movements in accumulated losses were as follows:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Consolidated |
| |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
| |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
| |
|
|
Balance at the beginning of the year |
|
|
(116,069 |
) |
|
|
(104,972 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjustment to opening retained earnings
attributed to outside equity interest holders |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
32 |
|
Equity attributable to share based payments |
|
|
589 |
|
|
|
403 |
|
Current year losses |
|
|
(16,220 |
) |
|
|
(11,532 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
Balance at the end of the year |
|
|
(131,700 |
) |
|
|
(116,069 |
) |
| |
|
|
(d) Minority interests
The minority interests are detailed as follows:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Consolidated |
| |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
| |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
| |
|
|
Ordinary shares |
|
|
7,699 |
|
|
|
7,699 |
|
Foreign currency translation reserve |
|
|
(423 |
) |
|
|
(513 |
) |
Accumulated losses |
|
|
(5,140 |
) |
|
|
(3,447 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
2,136 |
|
|
|
3,739 |
|
| |
|
|
109
Note 15. SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Group generally accounts for intercompany sales and transfers as if the sales or transfers were
to third parties at current market prices. Revenues are attributed to geographic areas based on the
location of the assets producing the revenues.
The Novogen Group operates subsidiary companies in 3 major geographical areas being Australia/New
Zealand, North America (including the USA and Canada), and Europe (including the U.K. and the
Netherlands). The subsidiaries are involved in the selling and marketing of Novogen’s dietary
supplements including Promensil, Trinovin and Rimostil.
Segment accounting policies are the same as the consolidated entity’s policies described in Note 1.
During the financial year there were no changes in the segment accounting policies that had a
material effect on the segment information.
Geographic
Segments
The following table presents revenue and profit information and certain asset and liability
information regarding business segments for the years ended June 30, 2006 and June 30, 2005.
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Australia/NZ |
|
North America |
|
Europe |
|
Elimination |
|
Consolidated |
| |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
| |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
| |
|
|
Revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales to external customers |
|
|
5,166 |
|
|
|
4,646 |
|
|
|
5,720 |
|
|
|
6,240 |
|
|
|
2,614 |
|
|
|
2,518 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
13,500 |
|
|
|
13,404 |
|
Other revenues from
external customers |
|
|
3,496 |
|
|
|
2,879 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
76 |
|
|
|
(218 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
3,278 |
|
|
|
2,955 |
|
Inter-segment revenues |
|
|
2,021 |
|
|
|
3,144 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(2,021 |
) |
|
|
(3,173 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
| |
|
|
Total segment revenue |
|
|
10,683 |
|
|
|
10,669 |
|
|
|
5,720 |
|
|
|
6,269 |
|
|
|
2,614 |
|
|
|
2,594 |
|
|
|
(2,239 |
) |
|
|
(3,173 |
) |
|
|
16,778 |
|
|
|
16,359 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unallocated revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,460 |
|
|
|
1,319 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consolidated revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,238 |
|
|
|
17,678 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Result (from continuing
operations) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment result (loss) |
|
|
(11,883 |
) |
|
|
(26,176 |
) |
|
|
(6,798 |
) |
|
|
942 |
|
|
|
(985 |
) |
|
|
644 |
|
|
|
1,807 |
|
|
|
11,964 |
|
|
|
(17,859 |
) |
|
|
(12,626 |
) |
Unallocated expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(53 |
) |
|
|
(56 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated entity (loss)
before income tax |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17,912 |
) |
|
|
(12,682 |
) |
Income tax expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
(2 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) from continuing
operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17,913 |
) |
|
|
(12,684 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets and liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment assets |
|
|
79,051 |
|
|
|
81,249 |
|
|
|
53,237 |
|
|
|
56,983 |
|
|
|
1,379 |
|
|
|
1,615 |
|
|
|
(82,569 |
) |
|
|
(72,362 |
) |
|
|
51,098 |
|
|
|
67,485 |
|
Segment liabilities |
|
|
5,555 |
|
|
|
8,484 |
|
|
|
49,051 |
|
|
|
46,599 |
|
|
|
11,092 |
|
|
|
10,343 |
|
|
|
(59,178 |
) |
|
|
(58,433 |
) |
|
|
6,520 |
|
|
|
6,993 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other segment information |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditure |
|
|
260 |
|
|
|
686 |
|
|
|
53 |
|
|
|
47 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
319 |
|
|
|
757 |
|
Depreciation |
|
|
1,106 |
|
|
|
1,255 |
|
|
|
53 |
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
1,168 |
|
|
|
1,296 |
|
Amortisation |
|
|
221 |
|
|
|
330 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
221 |
|
|
|
330 |
|
Impairment loss recognised
in loss |
|
|
301 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
301 |
|
|
|
— |
|
Other non-cash expenses |
|
|
2,884 |
|
|
|
4,317 |
|
|
|
(63 |
) |
|
|
151 |
|
|
|
(8 |
) |
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
(1,677 |
) |
|
|
(4,202 |
) |
|
|
1,136 |
|
|
|
296 |
|
Segment net gain/(loss) on
foreign currency |
|
|
2,747 |
|
|
|
(5,380 |
) |
|
|
(2,013 |
) |
|
|
4,079 |
|
|
|
(522 |
) |
|
|
975 |
|
|
|
(101 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
111 |
|
|
|
(326 |
) |
110
Business Segments
The following table presents revenue, expenditure and certain asset information regarding business
segments for the years ended June 30, 2006 and June 30, 2005.
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pharmaceutical |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Dietary |
|
research and |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
supplements |
|
development |
|
Elimination |
|
Consolidated |
| |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
| |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
| |
|
|
Segment revenue |
|
|
14,373 |
|
|
|
14,703 |
|
|
|
3,865 |
|
|
|
2,975 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
18,238 |
|
|
|
17,678 |
|
Segment assets |
|
|
32,611 |
|
|
|
35,183 |
|
|
|
19,042 |
|
|
|
35,117 |
|
|
|
(555 |
) |
|
|
(2,815 |
) |
|
|
51,098 |
|
|
|
67,485 |
|
Note 16. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The Group’s principal financial instruments comprise finance leases and cash and short term
deposits. The Group has various other financial assets and liabilities such as trade receivables
and trade payables, which arise directly from its operations. It is, and has been throughout the
period under review, the Group’s policy that no trading in financial instruments shall be
undertaken. The main risks arising from the Group’s financial instruments are interest rate risk,
foreign currency risk and credit risk.
(a) Interest rate risk
The Company has cash reserves and places funds on deposit with financial institutions for
periods generally not exceeding three months.
The Company does not use derivative financial instruments. The Company places its deposits with
high credit quality financial institutions, and, by policy, limits the amount of credit exposure to
any single counter-party. The Company is averse to principal loss and ensures the safety and
preservation of its invested funds by limiting default risk, market risk, and reinvestment risk.
The Company mitigates default risk by depositing funds with only the safest and highest credit
quality financial institutions and by constantly positioning its portfolio to respond appropriately
to a significant reduction in a credit rating of any financial institution.
The Company has no interest rate exposure due to rate changes for long-term debt obligations
because all of the Company’s long-term borrowings relate to lease agreements that contain fixed
rates of interest. The Company primarily enters into debt obligations to support general corporate
purposes including capital expenditures and working capital needs.
111
The Group’s exposure to interest rate risk and the effective weighted average interest rate for
each class of financial assets and liabilities is set out below.
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
Floating |
|
Fixed |
|
Fixed |
|
Non-interest |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average Rate |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
Interest Rate |
|
1 year or less |
|
Over 1 to 5 years |
|
bearing |
|
Total |
|
of Interest |
| |
|
Note |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
20,671 |
|
|
|
12,777 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
713 |
|
|
|
6,644 |
|
|
|
21,384 |
|
|
|
19,421 |
|
|
|
3.65 |
% |
|
|
1.34 |
% |
Deposits |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
2,138 |
|
|
|
2,621 |
|
|
|
9,991 |
|
|
|
25,218 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
12,129 |
|
|
|
27,839 |
|
|
|
5.78 |
% |
|
|
4.26 |
% |
Trade and other receivables |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
4,030 |
|
|
|
3,477 |
|
|
|
4,030 |
|
|
|
3,477 |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,809 |
|
|
|
15,398 |
|
|
|
9,991 |
|
|
|
25,218 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
4,743 |
|
|
|
10,121 |
|
|
|
37,543 |
|
|
|
50,737 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade and other payables |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
5,646 |
|
|
|
5,501 |
|
|
|
5,646 |
|
|
|
5,501 |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
Interest bearing loans and borrowings |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
750 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
765 |
|
|
|
7.75 |
% |
|
|
8.33 |
% |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
750 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
5,646 |
|
|
|
5,501 |
|
|
|
5,661 |
|
|
|
6,266 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net financial assets/(liabilities) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,809 |
|
|
|
15,398 |
|
|
|
9,976 |
|
|
|
24,468 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(15 |
) |
|
|
(903 |
) |
|
|
4,620 |
|
|
|
31,882 |
|
|
|
44,471 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(b) Foreign currency risk
The Company conducts a portion of its business in various foreign currencies, primarily in the U.S.
and the U.K.. As of June 30, 2006, the Company had not established a foreign currency hedging
program. The Company has mitigated and will continue to mitigate a portion of its currency exposure
through international sales, marketing and support operations in which all costs are local currency
based.
(c) Credit risk
The Group trades only with recognised, creditworthy third parties.
It is the Group’s policy that all customers who wish to trade on credit terms are subject to credit
verification procedures. In addition, receivable balances are monitored on an ongoing basis with
the result that the Group’s exposure to bad debts is not significant.
The consolidated entity’s maximum exposures to credit risk at balance date in relation to each
class of recognised financial assets is the carrying amount of those assets as indicated in the
Balance Sheet.
Concentration of credit risk
The Group minimises concentration of credit risk in relation to trade receivables by undertaking
transactions with a large number of customers.
Credit risk is managed in the following way:
| (i) |
|
payment terms are 30 days except for some customers who have 60 day terms; and
|
| |
| (ii) |
|
a risk assessment process is used for all customers. |
(d) Net fair value of financial assets and liabilities
The net fair value of financial assets and liabilities approximates their carrying value in
112
the Balance Sheet, because they are short term and at market rates of interest.
Note 17. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Consolidated |
| |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
| |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
(a) Lease commitments * |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments in relation to operating leases
contracted for at the reporting date but not
recognised as liabilities payable: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Not later than 1 year |
|
|
427 |
|
|
|
199 |
|
Later than 1 year but not later than 2 years |
|
|
463 |
|
|
|
218 |
|
Later than 2 years but not later than 3 years |
|
|
471 |
|
|
|
247 |
|
Later than 3 years but not later than 4 years |
|
|
433 |
|
|
|
248 |
|
Later than 4 years but not later than 5 years |
|
|
64 |
|
|
|
192 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
1,858 |
|
|
|
1,104 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(b) Finance leases ** |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments in relation to finance leases
are payable as follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Not later than 1 year |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
767 |
|
Later than 1 year but not later than 2 years |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
15 |
|
Minimum lease payments |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
782 |
|
Less: Future finance charges |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(17 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
765 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Representing lease liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current — (Note 12) |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
750 |
|
Non-current — (Note 12) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
15 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
765 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(c) Other expenditure commitments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development contracts for
service to be rendered: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Not later than 1 year |
|
|
3,506 |
|
|
|
3,556 |
|
Later than 1 year but not later than 2 years |
|
|
69 |
|
|
|
607 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
3,575 |
|
|
|
4,163 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
| * |
|
Operating leases represent payments for property and equipment rental. Leases for property
include an annual review for CPI increases. |
| |
| ** |
|
Finance leases have an average lease term of 4 years with the option to purchase the asset at
the completion of the lease term for the residual value. The average interest rate implicit in the
leases is 7.75% (2005: 8.33%). Assets under lease are pledged as security for the associated lease
liability. |
113
There are no commitments for capital expenditure outstanding at the end of the financial year.
(d) Parent entity guarantees
| (a) |
|
The parent company has unconditionally guaranteed financial support for Novogen Limited
(U.K.) should it be unable to meet its financial obligations. |
| |
| (b) |
|
The parent company has guaranteed in a deed dated May 16, 2002 the performance of the Novogen
subsidiaries arising in connection with the License Agreement and the Manufacturing and Supply
Agreement with Marshall Edwards Pty Limited. |
| |
| (c) |
|
As a condition of the Class Order, Novogen Limited and the controlled entities subject to the
Class Order, entered into a Deed of Cross Guarantee on May 28, 1999. The effect of the deed is
that Novogen Limited has guaranteed to pay any deficiency in the event of winding up of the
controlled entities. The controlled entities have also given a similar guarantee in the event
that Novogen Limited is wound up. |
| |
| (d) |
|
The Company is continuing to prosecute its IP rights and in June we announced that the Vienna
Commercial Court had upheld a provisional injunction against an Austrian company, APOtrend.
The Company has provided a guarantee to the value of 250,000 Euros with the court to confirm
its commitment to the ongoing enforcement process. |
114
Note 18. RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES
Interests in controlled entities
The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Novogen Limited and the
subsidiaries listed in the following table.
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Country of |
|
% Equity interest |
|
Investment ($'000) |
| Name of Entity |
|
Incorporation |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
| |
Novogen Laboratories Pty Ltd ^ |
|
Australia |
|
100 |
|
|
100 |
|
|
|
400 |
|
|
|
400 |
|
Novogen Research Pty Ltd ^ |
|
Australia |
|
100 |
|
|
100 |
|
|
|
7,000 |
|
|
|
7,000 |
|
Phytosearch Pty Ltd |
|
Australia |
|
100 |
|
|
100 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Phytogen Pty Ltd |
|
Australia |
|
100 |
|
|
100 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
Glycotex Pty Ltd |
|
Australia |
|
100 |
|
|
100 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Norvogen Pty Ltd |
|
Australia |
|
100 |
|
|
100 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Central Coast Properties Pty Ltd ^ |
|
Australia |
|
100 |
|
|
100 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Novogen Inc |
|
USA |
|
100 |
|
|
100 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Glycotex, Inc. |
|
USA |
|
84.3 |
|
|
84.3 |
|
|
|
54 |
|
|
|
54 |
|
Novogen Limited (UK) |
|
UK |
|
100 |
|
|
100 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Promensil Limited |
|
UK |
|
100 |
|
|
100 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Novogen BV |
|
Netherlands |
|
100 |
|
|
100 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Novogen Canada Limited |
|
Canada |
|
100 |
|
|
100 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Marshall Edwards, Inc. |
|
USA |
|
86.9 |
|
|
86.9 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Marshall Edwards Pty Limited |
|
Australia |
|
86.9 |
|
|
86.9 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Note 10) |
|
|
7,474 |
|
|
|
7,474 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Novogen Limited, a company incorporated in Australia, is the ultimate parent entity.
^ Entities subject to class order relief
Pursuant to Class Order 98/1418, relief has been granted to these companies from the Corporations
Act 2001 requirements for preparation, audit and lodgement of their financial reports.
As a condition of the Class Order, Novogen Limited and the controlled entities subject to the Class
Order (the “Closed Group”), entered into a Deed of Cross Guarantee on May 28, 1999. The effect of
the deed is that Novogen Limited has guaranteed to pay any deficiency in the event of winding up of
the controlled entities. The controlled entities have also given a similar guarantee in the event
that Novogen Limited is wound up.
The consolidated income statement and balance sheet of the entities that are members of the “Closed
Group” are as follows:
115
Consolidated Income Statement
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
CLOSED GROUP |
| |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
| |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
| |
|
|
Loss from continuing operations before income tax |
|
|
(1,069 |
) |
|
|
(5,479 |
) |
Income tax expense |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
| |
|
|
Loss after tax from continuing operations |
|
|
(1,069 |
) |
|
|
(5,479 |
) |
Accumulated losses at the beginning of the period |
|
|
(55,524 |
) |
|
|
(50,448 |
) |
Net income recognised directly in equity |
|
|
589 |
|
|
|
403 |
|
| |
|
|
Accumulated losses at the end of the financial year |
|
|
(56,004 |
) |
|
|
(55,524 |
) |
| |
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheet
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
CLOSED GROUP |
| |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
| |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
| |
|
|
CURRENT ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
15,541 |
|
|
|
15,655 |
|
Trade and other receivables |
|
|
2,971 |
|
|
|
5,050 |
|
Inventories |
|
|
4,520 |
|
|
|
3,249 |
|
Other current assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
Total current assets |
|
|
23,032 |
|
|
|
23,954 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NON-CURRENT ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables |
|
|
44,811 |
|
|
|
41,873 |
|
Inventories |
|
|
2,864 |
|
|
|
4,016 |
|
Property, plant and equipment |
|
|
4,395 |
|
|
|
5,767 |
|
Other financial assets |
|
|
54 |
|
|
|
54 |
|
| |
|
|
Total non-current assets |
|
|
52,124 |
|
|
|
51,710 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL ASSETS |
|
|
75,156 |
|
|
|
75,664 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CURRENT LIABILITIES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade and other payables |
|
|
3,295 |
|
|
|
3,419 |
|
Interest bearing loans and borrowings |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
750 |
|
Provisions |
|
|
497 |
|
|
|
445 |
|
| |
|
|
Total current liabilities |
|
|
3,807 |
|
|
|
4,614 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest bearing loans and borrowings |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
15 |
|
Provisions |
|
|
293 |
|
|
|
253 |
|
| |
|
|
Total non-current liabilities |
|
|
293 |
|
|
|
268 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL LIABILITIES |
|
|
4,100 |
|
|
|
4,882 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET ASSETS |
|
|
71,056 |
|
|
|
70,782 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contributed equity |
|
|
127,060 |
|
|
|
126,306 |
|
Accumulated losses |
|
|
(56,004 |
) |
|
|
(55,524 |
) |
| |
|
|
TOTAL EQUITY |
|
|
71,056 |
|
|
|
70,782 |
|
| |
|
|
116
Note 19. REMUNERATION OF AUDITORS
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Consolidated |
| |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
| |
|
$ |
|
$ |
| |
|
|
Amounts received or due and receivable by BDO Australia for |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) an audit or review of the financial report of the
entity and any other entity in the consolidated entity; |
|
|
257,460 |
|
|
|
245,067 |
|
(b) other services in relation to the entity and any other
entity in the consolidated entity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- - Tax compliance services |
|
|
39,476 |
|
|
|
9,500 |
|
- Glycotex S1 audit and review services |
|
|
109,394 |
|
|
|
— |
|
- Sarbanes-Oxley Section 404 services |
|
|
1,944 |
|
|
|
5,000 |
|
- Review of accounting papers |
|
|
13,810 |
|
|
|
— |
|
- Review of government grants |
|
|
4,900 |
|
|
|
— |
|
- Other |
|
|
3,661 |
|
|
|
— |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
430,645 |
|
|
|
259,567 |
|
Amounts received or due and receivable by Ernst & Young
Australia for: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) an audit or review of the financial report of the
entity and any other entity in the consolidated entity; |
|
|
82,764 |
|
|
|
34,407 |
|
(b) other services in relation to the entity and any other
entity in the consolidated entity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- - Tax Services |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
650 |
|
- Review of government grants |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
3,045 |
|
- Other |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
4,500 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
82,764 |
|
|
|
42,602 |
|
Amounts received or due and receivable by related practice
of Ernst & Young Australia for other services in relation
to any entity in the consolidated entity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- - Tax Services |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
11,616 |
|
Amounts received or due and receivable by auditors of other
subsidiaries in the consolidated entity for an
audit/review, which are not already disclosed |
|
|
23,264 |
|
|
|
30,313 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
536,673 |
|
|
|
332,482 |
|
| |
|
|
117
Note 20. DIRECTOR AND EXECUTIVE DISCLOSURES
a) Details of Key Management Personnel
(i) Directors
| |
|
|
PA Johnston
|
|
Chairman (Non-executive) |
C Naughton
|
|
CEO |
AJ Husband
|
|
Executive Director appointed 25 May, 2006 |
GE Kelly
|
|
Executive Director resigned September 2, 2005 |
PJ Nestel AO
|
|
Director (Non-executive) |
PB Simpson
|
|
Director (Non-executive) |
LC Read
|
|
Director (Non-executive) |
GM Leppinus
|
|
Director (Non-executive) |
|
|
|
(ii) Executives |
|
|
|
|
|
DR Seaton
|
|
Chief Financial Officer |
WJ Lancaster
|
|
VP Commercial and Corporate Development |
BM Palmer
|
|
General Manager Operations |
CD Kearney
|
|
General Manager Consumer Business |
RL Erratt
|
|
Company Secretary |
b) Compensation of Key Management Personnel
(i) Remuneration policy
The Remuneration Committee of the Board of Directors is responsible for determining and reviewing
compensation arrangements for the Directors, the Managing Director, Executive Director and senior
Executives. The Remuneration Committee assesses the appropriateness of the nature and amount of
emoluments of such officers on a periodic basis by reference to relevant employment market
conditions with the overall objective of ensuring maximum stakeholder benefit from the retention of
a high quality executive team. Such officers are given the opportunity to receive their base
emolument in a variety of forms including cash and fringe benefits such as the use of motor
vehicles. It is intended that the manner of payment chosen will be optimal for the recipient
without creating undue cost for the Group.
All Executive Directors and Executives have the opportunity to qualify for participation in the
Employee Share Option Plan after achieving a qualifying service period.
The performance criteria against which Directors and Executives are assessed have regard to the
financial and non-financial objectives of Novogen Limited.
118
It is the Remuneration Committee policy that employment agreements are entered into with the Chief
Executive Officer, the Executive Director, and each of the Executives except for the Vice President
Commercial and Corporate Development. The contracts for service between the Company and the Chief
Executive Officer, Executive Director and the Executives are for terms of three years with a notice
period of six months. In the event of the Company terminating the employment under the terms of the
contract the Company shall pay the pro-rata balance of the unexpired contract term plus an
additional amount of one and one half times the then current annual remuneration of the employee.
However, the maximum payable on termination by the Company will be three years’ remuneration. The
minimum payable on termination by the Company will be eighteen months’ remuneration. The Company
may terminate the contracts at anytime without notice if serious misconduct has occurred. Where
termination with cause occurs, there is no entitlement to termination payments under the term of
the contract. On termination, any unvested options issued under the Employee Option scheme are
immediately forfeited.
119
(ii) Remuneration of Key Management Personnel
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Post |
|
Share based |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
Short term benefits |
|
employment |
|
payments |
|
Other |
|
Total |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
monetary |
|
Superan- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
Salary & fees |
|
benefits |
|
nuation |
|
Options |
|
Bonuses |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Specified Directors |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PA Johnston |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
|
143,612 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
9,412 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
153,024 |
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
104,588 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
9,412 |
|
|
|
136 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
114,136 |
|
C Naughton |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
|
518,835 |
|
|
|
46,827 |
|
|
|
100,587 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
666,249 |
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
507,724 |
|
|
|
53,643 |
|
|
|
45,696 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
607,063 |
|
AJ Husband * |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
|
290,766 |
|
|
|
41,785 |
|
|
|
47,618 |
|
|
|
51,281 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
431,450 |
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
286,818 |
|
|
|
51,155 |
|
|
|
25,814 |
|
|
|
40,940 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
404,727 |
|
GE Kelly ** |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
|
362,388 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
32,615 |
|
|
|
7,145 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
402,148 |
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
334,314 |
|
|
|
29,981 |
|
|
|
30,088 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
394,383 |
|
PJ Nestel AO |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
|
82,000 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
82,000 |
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
82,000 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
82,000 |
|
PB Simpson |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
|
49,540 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
4,460 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
54,000 |
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
51,376 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
4,624 |
|
|
|
136 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
56,136 |
|
LC Read |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
|
40,368 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
3,632 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
44,000 |
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
40,368 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
3,632 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
44,000 |
|
GM Leppinus |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
|
31,650 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
14,350 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
46,000 |
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
16,820 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
1,513 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
18,333 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Total Remuneration:
Specified Directors |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
|
1,519,159 |
|
|
|
88,612 |
|
|
|
212,674 |
|
|
|
58,426 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
1,878,871 |
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
1,424,008 |
|
|
|
134,779 |
|
|
|
120,779 |
|
|
|
41,212 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
1,720,778 |
|
|
|
|
| * |
|
appointed May 23, 2006 – remuneration while a director of Novogen Limited includes salary of
$24,131, other benefits of $3,482 and superannuation benefits of $3,968. Options were granted while
in capacity of Executive prior to joining the Board..
|
| |
| ** |
|
resigned September 2, 2005 – remuneration while a director of Novogen Limited includes salary of
$56,576 and superannuation benefits of $5,092. Options were granted while acting in capacity of
Executive following resignation from the Board. |
120
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Post |
|
Share based |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
Short term benefits |
|
employment |
|
payments |
|
Other |
|
Total |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
monetary |
|
Superan- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
Salary & fees |
|
benefits |
|
nuation |
|
Options |
|
Bonuses |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Executives |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DR Seaton |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
|
284,916 |
|
|
|
28,976 |
|
|
|
56,162 |
|
|
|
51,310 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
421,364 |
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
298,526 |
|
|
|
20,085 |
|
|
|
26,867 |
|
|
|
41,031 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
386,509 |
|
WJ Lancaster (USA) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
|
195,843 |
|
|
|
6,243 |
|
|
|
21,956 |
|
|
|
24,137 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
248,179 |
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
186,822 |
|
|
|
6,197 |
|
|
|
19,915 |
|
|
|
21,595 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
234,529 |
|
BM Palmer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
|
153,085 |
|
|
|
33,239 |
|
|
|
13,778 |
|
|
|
28,562 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
228,664 |
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
142,942 |
|
|
|
33,594 |
|
|
|
12,865 |
|
|
|
23,366 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
212,767 |
|
CD Kearney |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
|
181,405 |
|
|
|
22,952 |
|
|
|
16,326 |
|
|
|
28,209 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
248,892 |
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
164,376 |
|
|
|
22,951 |
|
|
|
14,794 |
|
|
|
21,417 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
223,538 |
|
RL Erratt |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
|
149,939 |
|
|
|
26,203 |
|
|
|
29,845 |
|
|
|
28,381 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
234,368 |
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
152,026 |
|
|
|
20,157 |
|
|
|
13,682 |
|
|
|
23,774 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
209,639 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Total remuneration: Executives |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
|
965,188 |
|
|
|
117,613 |
|
|
|
138,067 |
|
|
|
160,599 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
1,381,467 |
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
944,692 |
|
|
|
102,984 |
|
|
|
88,123 |
|
|
|
131,183 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
1,266,982 |
|
c) Remuneration options: Granted and vested during the year
During the financial year further options were granted as equity compensation benefits to certain
specified Directors and Executives as disclosed below. The options were issued free of charge. Each
option entitles the holder to subscribe for one fully paid ordinary share in Novogen Limited at an
exercise price of $3.64. The options expire five years after grant date and vest annually in four
equal instalments commencing one year after grant date.
121
The following table sets out options issued to Directors and Executives during the year and the
number of previously issued options which vested during the year:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
Terms and conditions for each grant |
| |
|
Options |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value per |
|
Exercise |
|
First |
|
Last |
| |
|
vesting in |
|
Granted |
|
|
|
|
|
option at |
|
price per |
|
exercise |
|
exercise |
| |
|
year number |
|
number |
|
Grant date |
|
grant date |
|
share |
|
date |
|
date |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($) |
|
($) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
Specified Directors |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AJ Husband |
|
|
29,378 |
|
|
|
30,436 |
|
|
|
21/04/2006 |
|
|
|
2.10 |
|
|
|
3.64 |
|
|
|
21/04/2007 |
|
|
|
21/04/2011 |
|
GE Kelly |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
31,792 |
|
|
|
21/04/2006 |
|
|
|
2.10 |
|
|
|
3.64 |
|
|
|
21/04/2007 |
|
|
|
21/04/2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Executives |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DR Seaton |
|
|
29,559 |
|
|
|
30,436 |
|
|
|
21/04/2006 |
|
|
|
2.10 |
|
|
|
3.64 |
|
|
|
21/04/2007 |
|
|
|
21/04/2011 |
|
WJ Lancaster (USA) |
|
|
17,029 |
|
|
|
12,232 |
|
|
|
21/04/2006 |
|
|
|
2.10 |
|
|
|
3.64 |
|
|
|
21/04/2007 |
|
|
|
21/04/2011 |
|
BM Palmer |
|
|
17,045 |
|
|
|
16,692 |
|
|
|
21/04/2006 |
|
|
|
2.10 |
|
|
|
3.64 |
|
|
|
21/04/2007 |
|
|
|
21/04/2011 |
|
CD Kearney |
|
|
11,023 |
|
|
|
17,752 |
|
|
|
21/04/2006 |
|
|
|
2.10 |
|
|
|
3.64 |
|
|
|
21/04/2007 |
|
|
|
21/04/2011 |
|
RL Erratt |
|
|
18,739 |
|
|
|
16,520 |
|
|
|
21/04/2006 |
|
|
|
2.10 |
|
|
|
3.64 |
|
|
|
21/04/2007 |
|
|
|
21/04/2011 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total |
|
|
122,773 |
|
|
|
155,860 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
d) Shares issued on exercise of remuneration options
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Shares |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
issued |
|
Paid |
|
Unpaid |
| |
|
number |
|
$ per share |
|
$ per share |
| |
|
|
Specified Directors |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AJ Husband |
|
|
16,000 |
|
|
|
4.00 |
|
|
|
— |
|
PJ Nestel |
|
|
20,000 |
|
|
|
3.58 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Executives |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DR Seaton |
|
|
16,236 |
|
|
|
4.00 |
|
|
|
— |
|
WJ Lancaster (USA) |
|
|
12,511 |
|
|
|
1.77 |
|
|
|
— |
|
BM Palmer |
|
|
8,976 |
|
|
|
4.00 |
|
|
|
— |
|
RL Erratt |
|
|
11,496 |
|
|
|
4.00 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
85,219 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
122
e) Option holding of specified Directors and Executives
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Balance at |
|
|
|
|
|
Net |
|
|
|
Vested at |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
beginning of |
|
Granted as |
|
Options |
|
change |
|
Balance at |
|
June 30, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
period |
|
remuneration |
|
exercised |
|
other |
|
end of period |
|
2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Not |
|
|
|
| |
|
July 1, 2005 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2006 |
|
Total |
|
exercisable |
|
|
Exercisable |
| |
|
Number |
|
Number |
|
Number |
|
Number |
|
Number |
|
Number |
|
Number |
|
|
Number |
| |
|
|
Specified Directors |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PA Johnston |
|
|
3,128 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(3,128 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
C Naughton |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
AJ Husband |
|
|
133,512 |
|
|
|
30,436 |
|
|
|
(16,000 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
147,948 |
|
|
|
83,558 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
83,558 |
|
GE Kelly |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
31,792 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
31,792 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
PJ Nestel AO |
|
|
20,000 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(20,000 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
PB Simpson |
|
|
3,128 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(3,128 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Executives |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DR Seaton |
|
|
113,330 |
|
|
|
30,436 |
|
|
|
(16,236 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
127,530 |
|
|
|
63,087 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
63,087 |
|
WJ Lancaster (USA) |
|
|
35,957 |
|
|
|
12,232 |
|
|
|
(12,511 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
35,678 |
|
|
|
6,480 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
6,480 |
|
BM Palmer |
|
|
77,156 |
|
|
|
16,692 |
|
|
|
(8,976 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
84,872 |
|
|
|
48,737 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
48,737 |
|
CD Kearney |
|
|
44,092 |
|
|
|
17,752 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
61,844 |
|
|
|
24,977 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
24,977 |
|
RL Erratt |
|
|
86,452 |
|
|
|
16,520 |
|
|
|
(11,496 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
91,476 |
|
|
|
55,549 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
55,549 |
|
| |
|
|
| |
Total |
|
|
516,755 |
|
|
|
155,860 |
|
|
|
(85,219 |
) |
|
|
(6,256 |
) |
|
|
581,140 |
|
|
|
282,388 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
282,388 |
|
| |
|
|
123
f) Shareholdings of specified Directors and their related parties and Executives and their
related parties
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Balance |
|
Granted as |
|
On exercise |
|
Net change |
|
Balance |
| |
|
July 1, 2005 |
|
remuneration |
|
of options |
|
other |
|
June 30, 2006 |
| |
|
Number Ord |
|
Number Ord |
|
Number Ord |
|
Number Ord |
|
Number Ord |
| |
|
|
Specified Directors |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PA Johnston |
|
|
48,594 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
48,594 |
|
C Naughton |
|
|
633,511 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
633,511 |
|
AJ Husband |
|
|
60,148 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
16,000 |
|
|
|
(15,000 |
) |
|
|
61,148 |
|
GE Kelly |
|
|
8,359,152 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(379,200 |
) |
|
|
7,979,952 |
|
PJ Nestel AO |
|
|
12,000 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
20,000 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
32,000 |
|
PB Simpson |
|
|
500 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
500 |
|
LC Read |
|
|
2,000 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
2,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Executives |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DR Seaton |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
16,236 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
16,236 |
|
WJ Lancaster (USA) |
|
|
40,000 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
12,511 |
|
|
|
(52,511 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
BM Palmer |
|
|
154,726 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
8,976 |
|
|
|
(35,000 |
) |
|
|
128,702 |
|
CD Kearney |
|
|
8,850 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
8,850 |
|
RL Erratt |
|
|
103,860 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
11,496 |
|
|
|
87,000 |
|
|
|
202,356 |
|
| |
|
|
| |
Total |
|
|
9,423,341 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
85,219 |
|
|
|
(394,711 |
) |
|
|
9,113,849 |
|
| |
|
|
All equity transactions with specified directors and executives, other than those arising from
the exercise of remuneration options, have been entered into under terms and conditions no more
favourable than those the entity would have adopted if dealing at arm’s length.
Note 21. EVENTS AFTER THE BALANCE SHEET DATE
On July 11, 2006, MEI entered into a securities purchase agreement with certain accredited
investors providing for the placement of 6,329,311 shares of its common stock and warrants
exercisable for 2,215,258 shares of its common stock at a purchase price of US$2.90 per unit
(the”PIPE”). The warrants have an exercise price of US$4.35 per share, subject to certain
adjustments. The warrants may be exercised no less than six months from the closing date and will
expire four years from the date of issuance, or July 11, 2010. MEI closed the private placement on
July 11, 2006.
On July 11, 2006, MEI entered into a standby equity distribution agreement (“SEDA”), with Cornell
Capital Partners, LP (“Cornell”). Under the SEDA, MEI may issue and sell to Cornell shares of its
common stock for a total purchase price of up to US$15 million, once a resale registration
statement is in effect. MEI has sole discretion whether and when to sell shares of its common stock
to Cornell. Cornell will be irrevocably bound to
purchase shares of common stock from MEI after MEI sends a notice that it intends to sell shares of
common stock to Cornell. Each advance under the SEDA is limited to a
maximum of US$1.5 million.
124
MEI has entered into a registration rights agreement which provides for liquidated damages of up to
10% of the aggregate purchase price of the shares issued as part of the PIPE transaction if certain
deadlines for registration are not met. MEI was required under the registration rights agreement to
file a registration statement within 30 days of closing, have the registration statement declared
effective 90 calendar days following closing or 120 days if the SEC reviews the registration
statement. MEI is also required to maintain an effective registration statement.
On August 11, 2006, Camellia Properties Pty Limited initiated proceedings against the Company,
claiming damages of $5,161,487 in connection with terminated negotiations of a commercial property
lease. The Directors are of the view that the basis of the claim is without foundation and the
Directors are obtaining legal advice with the intention of vigorously defending the claim.
On October 23, 2006, the Company announced that it had licensed the U.S. rights to the Promensil
and Trinovin brands to Natrol. The licence provides for Novogen to receive royalties on sales of
Promensil and Trinovin made by Natrol in the future. The estimated financial effect of the licence
transaction will be a reduction in Group sales and an increase in royalty income.
On October 30, 2006, the Company announced that Dr Graham Kelly ceased his operational and
executive functions with the Company.
Note 22. TRANSITION TO IFRS
For all periods up to and including the year ended June 30, 2005, the Group prepared its financial
statements in accordance with Australian generally accepted accounting practice (AGAAP). These
financial statements for the year ended June 30, 2006 are the first the Group is required to
prepare in accordance with Australian equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards
(AIFRS).
Accordingly, the Group has prepared financial statements that comply with AIFRS applicable for
periods beginning on or after January 1, 2005 and the significant accounting policies meeting those
requirements are described in Note 1. In preparing these financial statements, the Group has
started from an opening balance sheet as at July 1, 2004, the Group’s date of transition to AIFRS,
and made those changes in accounting policies and other restatements required by AASB 1 First-time
adoption of AIFRS.
This note explains the principal adjustments made by the Group in restating its AGAAP balance sheet
as at July 1, 2004 and its previously published AGAAP financial statements for the year ended June
30, 2005.
Exemptions applied
AASB 1 allows first-time adopters certain exemptions from the general requirement to apply AIFRS
retrospectively.
125
The Group has applied the following exemptions:
| |
• |
|
AASB 2 Share-based Payment: has not been applied to any entity instrument that was
granted on or before November 7, 2002, nor has it been applied to equity instruments that
were granted after November 7, 2002 that vested before January 1, 2005. |
INCOME STATEMENT reflecting reconciliation of adjustments to AIFRS
for the year ended June 30, 2005
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A-IFRS |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
AGAAP |
|
impact |
|
A-IFRS |
| |
|
Notes |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
Continuing Operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,404 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
13,404 |
|
Cost of sales |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,666 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(4,666 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,738 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
8,738 |
|
| |
Other income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,274 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
4,274 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research & development expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10,217 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(10,217 |
) |
Selling & promotional expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,411 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(8,411 |
) |
Shipping and handling expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(444 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(444 |
) |
General and administrative expenses |
|
|
(i |
) |
|
|
(6,163 |
) |
|
|
(403 |
) |
|
|
(6,566 |
) |
Finance costs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(56 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(56 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before income tax |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12,279 |
) |
|
|
(403 |
) |
|
|
(12,682 |
) |
Income tax expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Loss for the period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12,281 |
) |
|
|
(403 |
) |
|
|
(12,684 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss attributable to minority interest |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,152 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
1,152 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss attributable to members of Novogen Limited |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11,129 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(11,532 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| (i) |
|
Under AASB 2 Share-based Payment, the Company has recognised the fair value of options
issued as an expense on a pro-rata basis in the income statement. Share-based payment costs were
not recognised under AGAAP. This has resulted in a decrease in profit from AGAAP to AIFRS. |
126
BALANCE SHEET reflecting reconciliation of adjustments to AIFRS
As at July 1, 2004
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A-IFRS |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
AGAAP |
|
impact |
|
A-IFRS |
| |
|
Notes |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
CURRENT ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
|
|
|
|
58,431 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
58,431 |
|
Trade and other receivables |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,936 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
2,936 |
|
Inventories |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,589 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
5,589 |
|
Other current assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
865 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
865 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
67,821 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
67,821 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NON-CURRENT ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,864 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
2,864 |
|
Property, plant and equipment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,728 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
6,728 |
|
Other financial assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total non-current assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,592 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
9,592 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
77,413 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
77,413 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CURRENT LIABILITIES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade and other payables |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,963 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
5,963 |
|
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings |
|
|
|
|
|
|
843 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
843 |
|
Provisions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
361 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
361 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,167 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
7,167 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings |
|
|
|
|
|
|
765 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
765 |
|
Provisions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
270 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
270 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total non-current liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,035 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
1,035 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL LIABILITIES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,202 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
8,202 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
69,211 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
69,211 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contributed equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
170,276 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
170,276 |
|
Reserves |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(449 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(449 |
) |
Accumulated losses |
|
|
(i |
) |
|
|
(104,972 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(104,972 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parent interest |
|
|
|
|
|
|
64,855 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
64,855 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minority Interest |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,356 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
4,356 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
69,211 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
69,211 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
127
BALANCE SHEET reflecting reconciliation of adjustments to AIFRS
As at June 30, 2005
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A-IFRS |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
AGAAP |
|
impact |
|
A-IFRS |
| |
|
Notes |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
CURRENT ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
|
|
|
|
47,260 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
47,260 |
|
Trade and other receivables |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,477 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
3,477 |
|
Inventories |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,488 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
5,488 |
|
Other current assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
821 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
821 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
57,046 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
57,046 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NON-CURRENT ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,580 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
4,580 |
|
Property, plant and equipment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,859 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
5,859 |
|
Other financial assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total non-current assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,439 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
10,439 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
67,485 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
67,485 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CURRENT LIABILITIES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade and other payables |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,501 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
5,501 |
|
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings |
|
|
|
|
|
|
750 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
750 |
|
Provisions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
474 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
474 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,725 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
6,725 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings |
|
|
|
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
15 |
|
Provisions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
253 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
253 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total non-current liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
268 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
268 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL LIABILITIES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,993 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
6,993 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
60,492 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
60,492 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contributed equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
176,235 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
176,235 |
|
Reserves |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,413 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(3,413 |
) |
Accumulated losses |
|
|
(i |
) |
|
|
(116,069 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(116,069 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parent interest |
|
|
|
|
|
|
56,753 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
56,753 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minority Interest |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,739 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
3,739 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
60,492 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
60,492 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| (i) |
|
Under AASB 2 Share-based Payment, the Company has recognise the fair value of options
issued as an expense on a pro-rata basis over the vesting period in the income statement with a
corresponding adjustment in equity (retained earnings). The reduced profit amount is also carried
through to equity (retained earnings) as an offsetting amount. Share-based payment costs were not
recognised under AGAAP. The total amount adjusted is $630,000, which represents $403,000 for the
year ended June 30. |
128
| |
| 2005 and $215,000 from prior financial periods, for options that were granted
on or after November 7, 2002 that vest after January 1, 2005. The Company has applied the
transition provisions under AASB 1. |
Restated AIFRS Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended June 30, 2005.
There were no material impacts on the cash flows presented under AGAAP on adoption of AIFRS.
Note 23. DIVIDENDS
The Company has incurred losses since its inception and, as a result, has not declared any
dividends. Any dividends in future periods will be declared in Australian dollars.
129
Note 24. DIFFERENCES BETWEEN AIFRS AND U.S. GAAP
Australian equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (AIFRS) varies in certain
respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (US GAAP). The
differences relate principally to the following items and the adjustments necessary to reconcile
the consolidated net loss for the years ended June 30, 2005 and 2006 and equity at June 30, 2005
and 2006 in accordance with U.S. GAAP are shown below.
The U.S. GAAP statements of operations for the years ended June 30, 2005 and 2006 are as follows:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
US GAAP |
| |
|
2005 |
|
2006 |
|
2006 |
| |
|
A$’000 |
|
A$’000 |
|
US’$’000 |
| |
|
|
Operating Revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales Revenue |
|
|
12,928 |
|
|
|
12,654 |
|
|
|
9,393 |
|
Other Operating Revenue |
|
|
2,955 |
|
|
|
3,278 |
|
|
|
2,433 |
|
| |
|
|
Total Operating Revenue |
|
|
15,883 |
|
|
|
15,932 |
|
|
|
11,826 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Costs and Expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of Goods Sold |
|
|
(4,666 |
) |
|
|
(5,445 |
) |
|
|
(4,042 |
) |
Research & Development |
|
|
(10,217 |
) |
|
|
(12,014 |
) |
|
|
(8,918 |
) |
Selling and Promotions |
|
|
(7,935 |
) |
|
|
(8,167 |
) |
|
|
(6,062 |
) |
Shipping and Handling |
|
|
(444 |
) |
|
|
(556 |
) |
|
|
(413 |
) |
General and Administrative |
|
|
(6,306 |
) |
|
|
(8,889 |
) |
|
|
(6,598 |
) |
Other Expense |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(301 |
) |
|
|
(223 |
) |
| |
|
|
Total Costs and Expenses |
|
|
(29,568 |
) |
|
|
(35,372 |
) |
|
|
(26,256 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
Loss from operations |
|
|
(13,685 |
) |
|
|
(19,440 |
) |
|
|
(14,430 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Income (Expense) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest Expense |
|
|
(56 |
) |
|
|
(52 |
) |
|
|
(39 |
) |
Exchange Gains/(Losses) |
|
|
(325 |
) |
|
|
112 |
|
|
|
83 |
|
Other |
|
|
1,319 |
|
|
|
1,460 |
|
|
|
1,084 |
|
| |
|
|
Total Other Income (Expense) |
|
|
938 |
|
|
|
1,520 |
|
|
|
1,128 |
|
| |
|
|
Loss Before Income Tax |
|
|
(12,747 |
) |
|
|
(17,920 |
) |
|
|
(13,302 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income Tax Expense/(Benefit) |
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
(1 |
) |
Minority Interest |
|
|
1,109 |
|
|
|
1,693 |
|
|
|
1,257 |
|
| |
|
|
Net loss |
|
|
(11,640 |
) |
|
|
(16,228 |
) |
|
|
(12,046 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss per share — basic and diluted (cents) |
|
|
(12.0 |
) |
|
|
(16.7 |
) |
|
|
(12.4 |
) |
130
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended 30 June |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
2006 |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
A$’000 |
|
A$’000 |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Net Loss |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss reported under AIFRS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12,684 |
) |
|
|
(17,913 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjustments required to accord with U.S. GAAP: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock based compensation cost |
|
|
(i |
) |
|
|
(65 |
) |
|
|
(8 |
) |
Minority interest in net losses of subsidiaries |
|
|
(v |
) |
|
|
1,109 |
|
|
|
1,693 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss under U.S. GAAP |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11,640 |
) |
|
|
(16,228 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted (loss) per share according to
U.S. GAAP (cents) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12.0 |
) |
|
|
(16.7 |
) |
Weighted average number of ordinary shares
outstanding during the year used in calculation
of basic and diluted (loss) per share |
|
|
|
|
|
|
96,839,570 |
|
|
|
97,207,053 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive Income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss according to U.S. GAAP |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11,640 |
) |
|
|
(16,228 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other comprehensive income resulting from
foreign currency translation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,964 |
) |
|
|
567 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14,604 |
) |
|
|
(15,661 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Comprehensive Income Movement
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2006 |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
A$’000 |
|
|
A$’000 |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(556 |
) |
|
|
(3,520 |
) |
Foreign currency translation adjustment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,964 |
) |
|
|
567 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Closing Other Comprehensive Income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,520 |
) |
|
|
(2,953 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
131
In 2005 and 2006, exercise of the options issued by the Company would have been anti-dilutive and,
therefore, was not considered in the computation of diluted earnings per share. Details of options
are set out in Note 10. Outstanding options at the end of the financial years are, 1,351,938 in
2005 and 1,482,148 in 2006.
The following is a reconciliation of the adjustments necessary to reconcile shareholders’ equity in
accordance with AIFRS to the amounts determined under U.S. GAAP as at June 30, 2003, 2004 and 2005:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
At June 30, |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
2006 |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
A$’000 |
|
A$’000 |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders’ Equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders’ equity reported using AIFRS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
60,492 |
|
|
|
44,578 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative adjustments required to accord with U.S. GAAP: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minority interest equity |
|
|
(v |
) |
|
|
(2,767 |
) |
|
|
(1,163 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders’ equity according to U.S. GAAP |
|
|
|
|
|
|
57,725 |
|
|
|
43,415 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following is a reconciliation of the shareholders’ equity roll forward showing the movement
shareholders’ equity under U.S. GAAP for the years ended June 30, 2005 and 2006:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
2005 |
|
2006 |
| |
|
A$’000 |
|
A$’000 |
| |
|
|
Opening Shareholders’ equity according to U.S. GAAP |
|
|
65,759 |
|
|
|
57,725 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: Net loss according to U.S. GAAP |
|
|
(11,640 |
) |
|
|
(16,228 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Add: New Equity |
|
|
7,439 |
|
|
|
1,351 |
|
less: Minority interest in new equity |
|
|
(869 |
) |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Add: movement in other comprehensive income |
|
|
(2,964 |
) |
|
|
567 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
Closing Shareholders’ equity according to U.S. GAAP |
|
|
57,725 |
|
|
|
43,415 |
|
| |
|
|
132
A description of the differences between AIFRS, as followed by Novogen, and U.S. GAAP is
provided below:
(i) Stock Based Compensation
In accordance with AIFRS, the cost of equity-settled transactions is recognised, together with a
corresponding increase in equity, over the vesting period of the instrument. The cumulative expense
recognised for equity-settled transactions at each reporting date until vesting date reflects (i)
the extent to which the vesting period has expired and (ii) the Group’s best estimate of the number
of equity instruments that will ultimately vest. The income statement charge or credit for a period
represents the movement in cumulative expense recognised as at the beginning and end of that
period. The cost of these equity-settled transactions is measured by reference to the fair value of
the equity instruments at the date at which they are granted. The fair value is determined using a
binomial model. Under AIFRS transition provisions only options that were granted on or after
November 7, 2002 that vest after January 1, 2005 have been recognised. Further details are given in
Note 10.
(a) For U.S. GAAP purposes, the Company has applied SFAS 123R “Share-Based Payments” which
became effective in fiscal 2006, in respect of the options issued to executive officers and
employees. Statement 123R requires companies to recognize the cost of employee services received in
exchange for awards of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of those awards. The
total compensation cost is amortized over the service (vesting) period. The Company has adopted the
Modified Retrospective Application for all prior years for which Statement 123 was effective.
(b) The Company has also granted options to consultants, who are not employees of the Company, for
services to Novogen and its controlled entities. Under U.S. GAAP, compensation cost for the issue
of these options has been determined based on the methodology of SFAS 123R. Under SFAS 123,
compensation cost is determined based upon the fair value at the measurement date of the
consideration received or the fair value of the option issued, whichever is more reliably
measurable.
The number of shares authorised for grant under the various option plans are limited by the share
option plan. At any one time the total number of shares which the Company would have to issue if
all options granted under the plan that are outstanding were exercised, must not exceed 5 per cent
of the number of issued shares at that time.
Shares are not reserved for future issuance as there are no restrictions on the issuance of shares,
up the authorised number of shares, subject to ASX Listing Rule 7. This rule allows for the Company
to issue up to 15% of the total issued shares in new shares, per annum, without shareholder
approval.
(ii) Cash Flow Statement
Cash for the purposes of the cash flow statement includes cash held as a minimum deposit by the
lessor (Note 5). Under U.S. GAAP this would be treated as ‘restricted
133
cash’ and would be removed from cash and cash equivalents and included in cash flows from investing
activities.
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
2005 |
|
2006 |
| |
|
A$’000 |
|
A$’000 |
| |
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents under AIFRS |
|
|
47,260 |
|
|
|
33,513 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted cash (Note 5) |
|
|
(3,150 |
) |
|
|
(3,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents under U.S. GAAP |
|
|
44,110 |
|
|
|
30,513 |
|
| |
|
|
(iii) Income Tax
The Novogen Group has adopted SFAS No. 109 for U.S. GAAP purposes. SFAS No. 109 requires a
‘liability approach’ to accounting for income taxes, which as it applies to the Company is very
similar to that adopted under AIFRS.
Pretax accounting loss under AIFRS for the year ended June 30, 2005 and 2006 was taxed in the
following jurisdictions:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
2005 |
|
2006 |
| |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
| |
|
|
Domestic |
|
|
(13,865 |
) |
|
|
(10,128 |
) |
Foreign |
|
|
1,586 |
|
|
|
(7,784 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
(12,279 |
) |
|
|
(17,912 |
) |
| |
|
|
134
The components of the U.S. GAAP net deferred tax asset at June 30, 2005 and 2006, are as
follows:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
2005 |
|
2006 |
| |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
| |
|
|
Deferred tax assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation |
|
|
975 |
|
|
|
807 |
|
Provisions accruals |
|
|
1,323 |
|
|
|
1,535 |
|
Exchange gains |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Other |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
14 |
|
Losses carried forward — Australia |
|
|
14,469 |
|
|
|
19,320 |
|
— USA |
|
|
12,894 |
|
|
|
12,904 |
|
— Other |
|
|
4,098 |
|
|
|
4,202 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
Total deferred tax assets |
|
|
33,759 |
|
|
|
38,781 |
|
| |
|
|
| |
Deferred tax liability |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange losses |
|
|
(146 |
) |
|
|
(165 |
) |
Other |
|
|
(160 |
) |
|
|
(117 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
Total deferred tax liability |
|
|
(306 |
) |
|
|
(282 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax asset |
|
|
33,453 |
|
|
|
38,499 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets |
|
|
(33,453 |
) |
|
|
(38,499 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net recorded deferred taxes |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
| |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
2005 |
|
2006 |
| |
|
$’000 |
|
% |
|
$’000 |
|
% |
| |
|
|
Tax at Australian statutory rates |
|
|
(3,492 |
) |
|
|
30 |
% |
|
|
(4,868 |
) |
|
|
30 |
% |
| |
Foreign Rate Differentials |
|
|
126 |
|
|
|
(1 |
%) |
|
|
(132 |
) |
|
|
1 |
% |
Non deductible expenses |
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
(0 |
%) |
|
|
597 |
|
|
|
(5 |
%) |
Research and development allowance |
|
|
(411 |
) |
|
|
4 |
% |
|
|
(466 |
) |
|
|
4 |
% |
Other |
|
|
(194 |
) |
|
|
2 |
% |
|
|
(506 |
) |
|
|
4 |
% |
Reversal of intercompany profit
in inventory
elimination |
|
|
(105 |
) |
|
|
1 |
% |
|
|
(39 |
) |
|
|
0 |
% |
| |
|
|
Tax expense/(benefit) |
|
|
(4,032 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,414 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Filing Differences |
|
|
748 |
|
|
|
(6 |
%) |
|
|
367 |
|
|
|
(3 |
%) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in valuation allowance |
|
|
3,282 |
|
|
|
(28 |
%) |
|
|
5,046 |
|
|
|
(31 |
%) |
| |
|
|
Income Tax Expense |
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
135
Deferred taxes have not been separated between current and non-current. All deferred taxes are
expected to be non current since there is no current tax liability and no current tax liability is
anticipated for the next financial year.
Components of Income Tax Expense/(Benefit)
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
2005 |
|
2006 |
| |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
| |
|
|
Current Expense/(Benefit) |
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
(1 |
) |
Under/over provision prior year |
|
|
748 |
|
|
|
367 |
|
Deferred Expense/(Benefit) |
|
|
(4,030 |
) |
|
|
(5,412 |
) |
Movement in Valuation Allowance |
|
|
3,282 |
|
|
|
5,046 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
Income Tax Expense |
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
(0 |
) |
| |
|
|
Tax effected carry forward losses amounting to $21,880,000 may be carried forward indefinitely
and tax losses of $14,546,000 expire over the period 2007 through 2025.
(iv) Revenue
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
2005 |
|
2006 |
| |
|
A$’000 |
|
A$’000 |
| |
|
|
Sales Revenue reported using AIFRS |
|
|
13,404 |
|
|
|
13,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade Promotions |
|
|
(476 |
) |
|
|
(846 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
Sales Revenue reported using US GAAP |
|
|
12,928 |
|
|
|
12,654 |
|
| |
|
|
Trade Promotions
EITF Issue 01-9 — Accounting for consideration given by a vendor to a customer (including a
reseller of the venders products) expenditure to be deducted from sales revenue. Certain trade
promotion expenditures are charged to selling and marketing expenses under AIFRS. These expenses
are for retail price discounts whereby Novogen makes a contribution to the retailers’ promotional
costs of Novogen’s products. Under U.S. GAAP, these amounts are treated as a discount reducing the
reported sales figures.
(v) Minority interests
Under AIFRS, equity in consolidated subsidiaries issued outside the economic entity is referred to
as “Outside Equity Interests” and is included as a component of equity but
136
excluded from the
determination of net loss. Under U.S. GAAP, Outside Equity Interests are referred to as “Minority
Interests” and are separately classified between the liabilities and equity sections of the
Statement of Financial Position. Net loss, in the income statement, is presented net of the
minority’s share of the subsidiary’s net loss.
According to U.S. GAAP minority interests in profits, losses and reserves are calculated
incrementally as the minority holding changes. Under AIFRS minorities are allocated their share of
previous profits, losses and reserves according to the percentage holding at year end. This creates
a gain/loss for the Group which under U.S. GAAP is not recognized. In addition, the allocation of
net loss and foreign currency translation adjustments to minority interest differs between AIFRS
and U.S. GAAP when there is a change in ownership in a subsidiary during the period.
(vi) Other Comprehensive Income
Under AIFRS, other comprehensive income arising on the restatement of foreign subsidiaries for
consolidation purposes is referred to as the “Foreign Currency Translation Reserve” and is included
as a component of equity. Where a portion of other comprehensive income is attributable to minority
interests this is calculated differently under AIFRS and U.S. GAAP as described in Note 24(v)
above.
Reconciliation of outside equity interest in controlled entities:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
2005 |
|
2006 |
| |
|
$’000 |
|
$’000 |
| |
|
|
Opening balance |
|
|
3,452 |
|
|
|
2,767 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additions to outside equity interest by way of share
issue: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marshall Edwards, Inc. |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Glycotex, Inc. |
|
|
869 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Add shares of operating losses of controlled entities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marshall Edwards, Inc. |
|
|
(1,078 |
) |
|
|
(1,287 |
) |
Glycotex, Inc. |
|
|
(31 |
) |
|
|
(406 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Add shares of other comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marshall Edwards, Inc. |
|
|
(446 |
) |
|
|
66 |
|
Glycotex, Inc. |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
2,767 |
|
|
|
1,163 |
|
| |
|
|
(vii) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that effect amounts
reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.
137
Advertising Expenses
Costs incurred in advertising expenditure are expensed as incurred. The Company incurred
A$3,600,000 in fiscal 2005 and A$4,031,000 in 2006.
(viii) Payables
Under U.S. GAAP amounts that exceed 5% of the total of creditors and accruals are disclosed
separately. The table below details those creditors and accruals that exceed 5% of the total
balance:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
2005 |
|
2006 |
| |
|
A$’000 |
|
A$’000 |
| |
|
|
Insurance Premiums |
|
|
405 |
|
|
|
288 |
|
Mayne Pharmaceuticals (Contract Drug Manufacturer) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
454 |
|
Provision for Sales Returns |
|
|
307 |
|
|
|
— |
|
Provision for Grant Rebate |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
558 |
|
(ix) Segment Information
The central operating decision makers review the Company’s operations based on geography and this
is disclosed as the primary segment information in Note 15.
(x) Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In June 2006, FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48 (“FIN48”), “Accounting for Uncertainty in
Income Taxes”, which is an interpretation of SFAS 109. FIN48 clarifies the accounting for
uncertainty in income taxes recognized in a company’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS
109 and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement
recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken to be taken in a tax
return. The evaluation of a tax position is a two step process. First step is recognition, in which
the company determines whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained
upon examination based on the merits of the position. The second step is measurement in which a tax
position which meets the more likely than not threshold of the first step is measured to determine
the amount of benefit to recognize in its financial statements. FIN48 is effective for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company will adopt FIN48 on July 1, 2007. While the Company
is still evaluating the impact of FIN48 on its financial statements, it does not expect FIN48 to
have a material impact on its balance sheet, income or cash flows.
138
SIGNATURES
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and
that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this Annual Report on its behalf.
NOVOGEN LIMITED
Mr Christopher Naughton
Managing Director
Date: November 24, 2006
139
Exhibit Index
| |
|
|
| Exhibit No. |
|
Exhibit Description |
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
Constitution of Novogen Limited (formerly known as the
Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association). (1) |
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
Deposit Agreement as further amended and restated, dated as of
September 29, 2005, among Novogen Limited, the Bank of New
York, as Depositary, and owners and holders from time to time
of ADRs issued thereunder. (2) |
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
Employment Contract between the Company and Mr. C. Naughton
dated June 21, 2006. |
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
Employment Contract between the Company and Professor Alan
Husband dated June 21, 2006. |
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
Employment Contract between the Company and Dr G. E. Kelly
dated June 21, 2006. |
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
Lease between Kendall Glen Pty Limited (Lessor) and Novogen
Laboratories Pty Ltd for the Company’s corporate headquarters
at 140 Wicks Road, North Ryde, New South Wales. (3) |
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
Employment Contract between the Company and Bryan Palmer dated
June 21, 2006. |
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
Employment Contract between the Company and Craig Kearney
dated June 21, 2006. |
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
Employment Contract between the Company and David Seaton dated
June 21, 2006. |
|
|
|
4.8
|
|
Employment Contract between the Company and Ronald Erratt
dated June 21 30, 2006. |
140
| |
|
|
| Exhibit No. |
|
Exhibit Description |
|
|
|
8.1
|
|
Company Subsidiaries. |
|
|
|
12.1
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a
– 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. |
|
|
|
12.2
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial Officer a pursuant to Rule
13a – 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended. |
|
|
|
13.1
|
|
Certification by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as added
by Section 906 of the Sarbanes – Oxley Act of 2002. |
|
|
|
| (1) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the
Registration Statement on Form 20-F filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on December 24, 1998 (File No. 0-29962) |
| |
| (2) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the
Registration Statement on Form F-6 filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on September 29, 2005 (File No. 333-128681) |
| |
| (3) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Annual
Report on Form20-F filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission on November 27, 2000 (File No. 0-29962) |
141